summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-27 23:46:05 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-27 23:46:05 -0800
commit74416f8cf29a904ce9fb20baad7d9d97a03e963f (patch)
treedb783e22d4a26aba69ab054fb0944c2c079281a4
parente37fc4fe6609515b2d22b4113777557db4a8b7b2 (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/61457-8.txt3282
-rw-r--r--old/61457-8.zipbin57495 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61457-h.zipbin1009696 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61457-h/61457-h.htm5660
-rw-r--r--old/61457-h/images/img-007.jpgbin107674 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61457-h/images/img-078.jpgbin173055 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61457-h/images/img-109.jpgbin182506 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61457-h/images/img-128.jpgbin37875 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61457-h/images/img-contents.jpgbin41294 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61457-h/images/img-cover.jpgbin112498 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61457-h/images/img-front.jpgbin173851 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61457-h/images/img-title.jpgbin120337 -> 0 bytes
15 files changed, 17 insertions, 8942 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d85cba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #61457 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/61457)
diff --git a/old/61457-8.txt b/old/61457-8.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 07327ef..0000000
--- a/old/61457-8.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3282 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Charley's Log, by Emma Leslie
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Charley's Log
- A Story of Schoolboy Life
-
-Author: Emma Leslie
-
-Release Date: February 20, 2020 [EBook #61457]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHARLEY'S LOG ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Al Haines
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: Cover art]
-
-
-
-
-[Frontispiece: WRITING UP THE LOG. _Page 8._]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: Title page]
-
-
-
-
- CHARLEY'S LOG.
-
- A Story of Schoolboy Life.
-
-
- _By the Author of_
- "Soldier Fritz, and the Enemies he Fought;"
- "Glaucia, the Greek Slave," etc.
-
-
-
- LONDON:
- THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY,
- 56, Paternoster Row; 65, St. Paul's Churchyard;
- and 164, Piccadilly.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: Contents headpiece]
-
-
-
-CONTENTS.
-
-CHAP.
-
-I. The Two Friends
-
-II. Disenchantment
-
-III. The Skating Party
-
-IV. The Accident
-
-V. Cribs
-
-VI. Was it Robbery?
-
-VII. A Surprise
-
-VIII. Running Away to Sea
-
-IX. Conclusion
-
-
-
-{Illustration: Chapter I headpiece]
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I.
-
-THE TWO FRIENDS.
-
-October 4th.--I am going to keep a log. I shall have to do it
-by-and-by when I am Captain Charles Stewart, and so, as I have been
-sent to school to prepare for my work in the world by-and-by, this
-will be helping in the preparation. Mamma often talks about my work
-in the world, but I am almost sure there is no sea in the world she
-is thinking about, while to me--well, the sea is all the world to me.
-But mamma wants me to forget it, and all Uncle Alfred's wonderful
-stories about it, and that is why I have been sent here to school;
-but Tom Haslitt is with me, and is not likely to let me forget uncle
-and his sea yarns. Tom is to be my lieutenant by-and-by, and as he
-will have to help with the ship's log then, he is to take a turn with
-this.
-
-It was kind of mamma to arrange for Tom and I to have this little
-bedroom--cabin, I mean--all to ourselves; but I am afraid she would
-not be pleased to see how we have rigged it up, considering that she
-wants me to mount Uncle Charles's office stool by-and-by.
-
-I hope that tarred yarn Tom has stowed away under the bed don't smell
-too strong. The compasses and charts and bits of boats we've got
-hanging about are pretty ornaments, and by-and-by, when we get our
-ship finished, our little cock-loft will be furnished.
-
-I can't say much about the fellows here at present, but they look a
-very quiet lot, and one with fair hair certainly ought to have it put
-in curl-papers every night. I shan't have much to say to him, I
-know; give him a wide berth, and stick close to Tom. If we could
-only have gone somewhere else, some school where they train sailors,
-I might learn something, but it will do me no good to come here, I'm
-sure, and I've told mamma so.
-
-October 6th.--The captain says I must help with the log. I'd rather
-heave up a couple of hammocks here and bundle these bedsteads out of
-the window, but I suppose we may look out for squalls if we do too
-much in the nautical line, for Charley has got into a scrape already.
-What they want to keep housemaids for at a boys' school I can't
-think, unless it is that they may go poking about where they are not
-wanted. I'm sure that rope yarn did not smell much, but she found it
-out, that housemaid did; and when Charley tried to get it back there
-was a row.
-
-The fellows here are not so bad, when you come to know them, but I
-don't think I shall ever like the governor--the Doctor, as everybody
-calls him--or the under masters either; although I think we shall be
-able to do very much as we like here, as we have done at home; at
-least, Charley and I mean to have our own way in most things, if we
-possibly can.
-
-October 10th.--What a place this is for rows! Everybody looks as
-mild as turnips, from the governor down to the housemaid that took
-our yarn. But looks are deceitful, I suppose; at least, Tom and I
-won't have such a pleasant, easy time as we expected. If things get
-much worse I shall write and ask mamma to fetch me home; I'm sure she
-wouldn't let me stop if I didn't like it, for I have always had my
-own way about everything but this sea scheme, and, like all mothers,
-she's afraid of the sea, of course--thinks it a monster that will
-certainly swallow me up.
-
-I don't know what to make of the governor. Yesterday he called me
-into his room, and gave me a private lecture about duty and
-conscience, and a lot more about my lessons never being properly
-learned, and about school being a little world where character was
-tested, and made stronger and nobler or worse, according as we used
-our opportunities or yielded to our temptations. I told Tom all
-about it afterwards, and we laughed over it together; but I cannot
-forget it, or the grave, earnest way in which the governor
-spoke--exactly as though he knew that Tom and I had made up our minds
-not to learn more than we were obliged.
-
-October 14th.--Tom hates keeping the log, but I tell him he will have
-to do it by-and-by, and so he ought to get his hand in now; but he
-says we've come to school to have a good time and as much fun as we
-can. Well, so we have, I suppose; at least, that was all I thought
-about it until lately; but, somehow, mamma's talk about preparing for
-our life-work, and the governor's talk about it being a test and
-trial of character, have got mixed up in my mind, and it has made me
-remember that mamma is not rich, and that I am her only child, and I
-shall have to work by-and-by. I mean to work and take care of her,
-buy a carriage for her to ride in, and everything she wants when I am
-a captain and have made my fortune. But I am afraid I shall have to
-begin by running away to sea. I've quite made up my mind to do it,
-for mamma is more than a little unreasonable about this, she won't
-even let me talk about it to her. But there, I won't grumble; she's
-a dear mother, and reasonable enough in everything else, and has
-always let me have my own way about most things.
-
-Tom has got himself into another scrape, and the governor has
-threatened to separate us--send Tom to another room and put another
-fellow in here. I should write home to the mater at once if he did
-that, for it would upset everything, and the place would be
-unbearable. Some of the fellows grumbled, too, yesterday, that we
-were always in the shed they call the workshop instead of in the
-playground. What is it to them if we like to make boats instead of
-throwing a ball about? We can do as we like in the playground, I
-suppose. I hate cricket, that they make such a fuss about here; and
-if they drag me into playing it they'll soon find I'm no good, and
-wish me out again.
-
-October 20th.--This is the last chance I shall get of writing in
-Charley's log, I expect, for I am to be turned out of his cabin, and
-Miss Chandos is to take my place. I mean to call him "Miss" in the
-playground now as well as between ourselves, for I hate the thought
-of his taking my place here. I wonder how Charley will like the
-young lady. Miss Chandos don't seem to like the prospect much more
-than I do, but we dare not rebel.
-
-Charley is packing up my traps while I do the log, grumbling all the
-time, and threatening to serve out Miss Chandos. The young lady will
-not have it all her own way, I can tell her. There will be lively
-times with her and Charley. I wish I could stay and see the fun, but
-I shall hear all about it to-morrow, and Charley has promised to put
-it all down in the log. He says it will be good fun to read this log
-over to ourselves by-and-by. We mean to keep it to read on board our
-ship of an evening, and many a good laugh we shall have over it, I
-dare say. I wonder whether we shall ever laugh at this turn out. I
-don't think I ever shall, for Charley and I have always been chums
-ever since I can remember, so that it seems like--like something
-dreadful to have him turned over to Miss Chandos.
-
-October 22nd.--No more of dear old Tom's sprawling writing in our
-log, for I wouldn't take it down into the schoolroom for the other
-fellows to see; no, not for anything. Yes, poor Tom's gone, and Miss
-Chandos has arrived. I soon let her know what sort of a welcome she
-was likely to have from me. Tom's traps had hardly been bundled out
-before the housemaid came with her hands full, and white-faced Miss
-Chandos behind her.
-
-"Is this your lady's maid, Miss Chandos?" I asked. "Does she curl
-your hair and powder your face?"
-
-His face was scarlet enough then, but he only said, "Thank you, Ann;
-if you will put down those things I will put them into their places."
-
-"Oh, Ann," I said, with a sniff; "you had better come back, Ann, and
-bring the curl-papers. Or do you use curling-irons?" I asked.
-
-Ann looked indignant, and Chandos too, but neither said a word, and
-she went out of the room.
-
-When we were left to ourselves, and Chandos had put away some of his
-things, he suddenly turned round and said, "I hope we shall be
-friends, Stewart."
-
-I hardly knew what to say for a minute, for I felt surprised and half
-ashamed of myself; but, thinking of Tom, and what he expected to
-hear, I made a mock bow, and replied, "Gentlemen must always be
-friends with a young lady. Tom and I will be delighted, Miss
-Chandos;" and then I stopped, for such a look came into his fair
-girl-face as never was seen in a girl's face before, I fancy. There
-was no more said, and I went downstairs feeling somehow as though I
-had not got the best of it after all, and that I might even be
-mistaken in thinking Miss Chandos such a coward. But after a little
-time spent in the playground with Tom I forgot Miss Chandos and her
-looks, until Tom reminded me of it, and I promised to let him know
-everything that happened.
-
-Of course something was bound to happen then. How could I meet Tom
-in the morning and tell him the young lady had slept in peace, and
-everything had passed off comfortably? But what could I do? Tom and
-I generally had some fun throwing our clothes at each other, or
-shooting paper pellets from under the bedclothes after we had
-scrambled into bed, until Swain came and took the light away, and
-then we ducked our heads down and went to sleep. But there was no
-telling whether Miss Chandos would tumble into bed as quickly as we
-did. I certainly was not surprised to see her sit down and take up a
-book that lay on the drawers and begin to read. I let her read in
-peace for about five minutes, and then snatched it away and flung it
-across the room. I really did not see that it was a Bible until it
-was out of my hand; but I did not mean to let Chandos know that, or
-that I felt sorry for throwing it.
-
-"Don't do that again, Stewart," he said, as he went to pick it up;
-and I burst out laughing to hide my vexation, and asked when Ann was
-coming to do his hair.
-
-He took no notice of my question, and I tumbled into bed, wondering
-what Chandos would do next. I had my pea-shooter and a good supply
-of pellets ready for whatever happened; but I certainly expected to
-see him follow my example and tumble into bed. But instead of doing
-this he kneeled down at the side of the bed as though I had not been
-there, which rather startled me, for I thought he would and ought to
-be afraid to attempt it after what I had already done. I waited a
-minute or two, and then, taking a good aim, hit him right in the back
-of the neck. It made him start, I could see, and I laughed, though I
-expected he would jump up and give me a good pommelling the next
-minute, for it was clear he was no coward, as I had thought at first,
-and he would never have a better chance of pitching in, if he meant
-to fight it out. But no, she kept on, and so did I--pop, pop, pop at
-his head and the back of his neck, until it tingled again, I know.
-But she wouldn't complain; wanted to make believe she hadn't felt it,
-and said "Good night," as though I was the most civil and obliging
-companion in the world. It was plucky, anyhow, and I like pluck; but
-we shall see who gives in first, Miss Chandos; it will take a good
-deal to make me tire of pea-shooting, I can tell you, and it will be
-good practice too.
-
-October 24th.--How Tom and I have laughed over that plucky Miss
-Chandos! I am not sure that the fellow deserves to be called "Miss"
-either, for he is plucky right through, I know--the sort of fellow
-that would walk up to a cannon's mouth without flinching if he was a
-soldier and it was his duty. What a splendid sailor he would make!
-I could fancy him steering his ship right under the enemy's guns if
-it was necessary, but never yielding an inch or knowing when he was
-beaten. He's beaten me at pea-shooting, and made me feel ashamed of
-myself. I wonder what Miss Chandos is going to be--a parson, I
-should think; and he means to do his life-work thoroughly, and is
-beginning now, as I am in keeping this log.
-
-It seems queer that we shall all be men very soon--some sailors, some
-soldiers, some lawyers, and some tied to a merchant's desk, which is
-mother's highest ambition for me. She talks grandly sometimes about
-merchant princes, and how uncle will give me a share in his business;
-but I always try to get out of the way, for I mean to run away to sea
-when the time comes, and I hate to be a hypocrite.
-
-October 30th.--Another row. I knew it would come if they turned us
-out of our workshop; but the best of the fun is, they don't know who
-has been up to this mischief, though Tom and I are both suspected, I
-believe. For a wonder, though, I had no hand in this, I only wish I
-had. Tom managed cleverly, too, to turn all the farm-yard out as he
-did--pigs and cows, ducks and hens; and didn't they enjoy their
-hour's feast in the garden! I fancy I see the governor now as he
-came rushing out in time to see the last of his dahlias disappear,
-and then the whooping and helter-skelter charge of the servants, with
-the governor at the head of the fray. This will be something to
-laugh over many a night when the wind is blowing great guns, and we
-are pitching and tossing so that it is impossible to read or write up
-the ship's log, which we shall have to keep then. The picture of
-to-day's fun will rise up before us long after everybody else has
-forgotten it. Plucky Tom! I wish I had had a share of the fun in
-setting the animals at liberty. I don't dare ask how he did it all
-yet, for the fuss is at its height, and everybody is being
-questioned. Of course, suspicions go for nothing, and nobody really
-saw who did it, and so Tom is not likely to be found out unless he
-splits himself, which is not very probable, unless somebody else is
-charged with it, and then of course he would make a clean breast of
-it.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II.
-
-DISENCHANTMENT.
-
-November 1st.--Chandos has got himself into a scrape, and nobody
-seems to know what it is about. I have asked several of the fellows,
-but they only shake their heads and tell me I know more about it than
-they do. I am sure I do not; but as Chandos shares my room they
-think I must be in his secrets, I suppose. I cannot help wondering
-what it is--something that has got the governor's back up awfully, I
-can see. Chandos has been locked up all day in the punishment-room,
-and nobody seems to know whether he will be let out to-night. I wish
-I was sure he was not coming, and I would try to get Tom in here, and
-we'd have some fun for once. I wonder what the young lady has been
-up to.
-
-November 14th.--I have not written up my log for a fortnight, and now
-I have only a miserable tale to tell. At first I thought I'd give up
-the log, as Tom will never be my lieutenant now to laugh over it; but
-I'll keep on with it a bit longer. I thought we should often laugh
-over Tom's setting the farm-yard at liberty as he did, but somehow it
-seems to have been a dreadful trouble to everybody; but no one can
-feel just as I do about it, for it has taken my old chum away from
-me, and we can never be again what we have been. What did they want
-to make such a fuss about it for, and punish Miss Chandos? The
-governor must have been as blind as a mole to think Chandos had
-anything to do with it. It was ever so long before I found out the
-tops and bottoms of the business; but at last I found one of the
-juniors could tell something, and I got him by himself and threatened
-to break every bone in his skin if he didn't shell out all he knew,
-and then it came out that he had seen Chandos close to the farm-yard
-just before the animals were turned out, and the miserable little
-muff had gone with that tale to the governor as soon as the row began.
-
-"But you know it wasn't Chandos," I said, thinking he must have seen
-Tom too.
-
-"Wasn't it?" said the youngster.
-
-I gave him a shake, and ran off to Chandos, who was just going into
-the cricket-field. "What's this row about you and the farm-yard,
-Miss Chandos?" I said.
-
-He seems to be getting used to his name, and only said, "Oh, it's all
-right now, Stewart."
-
-"Do you know who did turn the things out?" I said.
-
-"Do you?" he asked.
-
-I nodded. "It wasn't you, and I didn't think you knew anything about
-it. Suspicions go for nothing, you know."
-
-"Well, let this pass. It's over now, and let's drop it."
-
-"But you've been punished for what you had no hand in. Did the
-governor think you did it?"
-
-"I don't think he believed I actually did it myself; but he said I
-was worse than those who did it if I was screening them, for I was
-encouraging insubordination in the school. Do you know who was
-suspected, Stewart?"
-
-"Me!"
-
-"Yes; I cleared you at once, but I couldn't say any more, and that
-vexed Dr. Mellor."
-
-"Oh, the Doctor be hanged! Why didn't you go to Tom and tell him the
-fix you was in? I suppose you knew he did it?"
-
-"I couldn't help knowing it where I was, and I did contrive to say a
-word to him about going to the Doctor, but--"
-
-"You told Tom you were to be punished for his fault, and he wouldn't
-make a clean breast of it to the governor!" I said, angrily.
-
-"There, I told you it was better to let it pass, Stewart; you could
-do no good now," said Chandos, walking away.
-
-But a sudden thought had seized me, and I placed myself in his path.
-"But you shall give me a plain answer to my question," I said; "not
-that I will believe it of Tom. It is you that are the sneak; you
-look one, with your white face and quiet ways, and I know you are
-only trying to set me against my old chum!" I was almost mad with
-rage, and longed to knock Chandos down; and for a minute he looked as
-though he would fight it out, but the next he had pushed me aside,
-and was striding on to take his place as long-stop in the game that
-was just beginning. I looked after him for a minute, thinking I
-would go and have it out, when I suddenly thought of going to Tom,
-and turned back to the workshop, where Tom was busy hacking at some
-wood for a rudder. "I say, old fellow, did Chandos tell you he was
-taking your punishment for the farm-yard scrape?" I asked.
-
-"Oh, never mind Chandos; come and rub down this mast," said Tom,
-turning away.
-
-"Then--he--did--tell--you!" I said, slowly.
-
-"Didn't you know Chandos was a sneak before to-day?" said Tom,
-sharply.
-
-"But--but tell me all about it, Tom," I said, rubbing my eyes, and
-feeling as though I must be dreaming.
-
-"Oh, there ain't much to tell--nothing to make such a fuss about.
-The fellow came to me, and said he had got into a scrape through the
-things getting out; but of course I didn't believe him. This was an
-easy way of getting me into a row, as well as helping himself out."
-
-"But, Tom, if he took your punishment, you know--"
-
-"Bah! my punishment! The governor isn't such a duffer as to think
-that white-faced milksop did that mischief. He hasn't pluck enough.
-I always told you he was a sneak, and now he's proved it, for he said
-the thing should always be a secret between us, whether I told or
-not, and now he's run open-mouthed to you with the tale."
-
-"No, he hasn't." And without another word I walked out of the
-workshop. I didn't feel as though I wanted to fight Tom; it didn't
-seem as though I could fight, for I couldn't understand things a bit.
-Somehow they'd got so mixed up in this row that Tom seemed to be
-Chandos, and Chandos Tom, and whether I should wake and find they
-were all right, or Tom running about with Chandos's head on his
-shoulders, I couldn't tell for a little while.
-
-But presently Chandos came walking through the gate on which I was
-mounted, and certainly he had his own straw-coloured hair safe
-enough. He didn't condescend to look at me as he passed, and I felt
-as though I hated him for robbing me of Tom. What right had he to do
-it--he with that white face to be so plucky? And not even for a
-friend either, for Tom is no friend to him any more than I am, and
-all the school have adopted our private name, and call him Miss
-Chandos. It isn't as though he didn't care about it either, for I
-can see he does. No boy likes to be thought a girl, or have a girl's
-name tacked to him; and Chandos is like the rest, but he takes it
-quietly, although I fancy now he would be as good in a stand-up fight
-as Tom himself.
-
-Bother Tom! I don't want to think about him now. I wish he had left
-the pigs and cows alone, or I hadn't been in such a fume to find out
-all about it. I don't like to think he has been mean and
-cowardly--my brave, bold Tom. Anyhow, I shall always hate Miss
-Chandos for her share in the matter, and I'll call her Miss Chandos
-more than ever now. It's been a miserable time, somehow, ever since
-I heard the tops and bottoms of this row, for though Tom and I have
-never said a word about it since, we both seem to remember it always,
-and we keep apart as we never did before.
-
-November 20th.--All the school is in a ferment about a special prize
-that is to be given for the best essay on something or other. I'm
-not going to try, so it don't trouble me much; but it seems as though
-everybody else is, and they can talk of nothing else. Even Tom is
-going in for this, it seems, though he don't stand much chance, I
-fancy; but he wants a watch, and thinks he may as well try for this.
-The weather is dull and cold, and our shipbuilding is almost at a
-standstill. We haven't done much since that row, and things are
-altogether miserable. Tom seems to be making new friends among the
-other fellows, and I've dropped shooting at Miss Chandos and hiding
-her Bible, so that altogether I'm rather glum, and ready to quarrel
-with anybody that is good for a stand-up fight. I know everybody
-thinks me a bear, and I am, I think, for I don't care for anybody or
-anything now.
-
-November 30th.--It seems as though there was never to be an end to
-this row, which has made everything so miserable for me. The
-governor has taken it into his head to consider the matter still
-unsettled, although Chandos took Tom's punishment, and now poor
-Chandos has been told that he can't try for this prize. It's the
-meanest shame, for Chandos stood as good a chance as anybody, if not
-better than most, and now he isn't to be allowed that chance.
-
-He tries to hide his disappointment, but I know he had begun to read
-up, and yesterday I asked him if he didn't mean to split on Tom, and
-tell the governor all about it.
-
-"I wish Haslitt would do it himself," he said; "it would be better
-for everybody if he did."
-
-"Of course it would; and I'll tell him so, and the governor too, if
-you won't."
-
-"No, no, don't do that, Stewart; the school would send you to
-Coventry if you split on another fellow about anything. And
-besides--"
-
-"Well, what more can the school do?" I asked, angrily.
-
-"Oh, nothing, only your splitting would do no good now, I fancy."
-
-"Well, Tom shall make a clean breast of it, and give up his chance of
-this prize. It ain't much of a chance for him, and so it won't be
-much for him to give it up; but you'll get it, Chandos--at least I
-hope you will;" and then I ran off to find Tom and have it out with
-him.
-
-I hardly knew how to begin, but I did it somehow; and then Tom said,
-crossly, "What a fuss you make about nothing! I suppose Miss Chandos
-has set you on. Has she taught you to say your prayers yet?"
-
-"Saying my prayers has nothing to do with this, Tom, you know that."
-
-"Oh, hasn't it! I thought the young lady was making a milksop of
-you, you've been so glum, lately."
-
-"Now look here, Tom, I haven't told you what I thought about this
-sneakish business, but I will if you don't make a clean breast of it
-to the governor at once."
-
-"Well, who cares what you think?" said Tom, laughing; and he tried to
-push past me.
-
-But I wasn't going to have that. "Now, look here, old fellow, we
-have been chums for ever so long, and I never knew you to do anything
-mean before, and I believe you're sorry for this; now make a clean
-breast of it, Tom, and let Miss Chandos go in for this prize."
-
-"Has she told you she's sure to get it?"
-
-"No, of course not; but you know she'd stand a good chance--a better
-chance than you do."
-
-"I don't know so much about that, and I don't see why I should give
-up my chance just to suit your whims. It wouldn't help Miss Chandos
-either."
-
-"Yes, it would. The governor wants to get at the bottom of this
-farmyard affair, and that is why he is so hard on poor Chandos."
-
-"Poor Chandos! The young lady has bewitched you, Charley! As if
-this had anything to do with that old row! She knows how to come it
-over you, the mean sneak! As though she didn't know this was for
-another affair altogether."
-
-"I don't believe it, Tom."
-
-"Don't you? Ask some of the other fellows, then. Here, Jackson,
-what did you tell me Miss Chandos had been doing to lose her chance
-of the prize?" called Tom.
-
-"I don't know now. Collins told me it was some artful dodge the
-governor had found out. Anyhow, I'm glad she's out, for the chances
-will be pretty evenly balanced among us now; but Chandos always goes
-in for such a lot of grind that he'd be sure to swamp us all. Do you
-go in for it, Stewart?" he asked.
-
-"I'm not fond of grind, and shouldn't have a ghost of a chance, any
-more than Tom has."
-
-"Oh, well, Haslitt will pass muster, I dare say, but we ain't much
-afraid of him," laughed Jackson, as he ran away.
-
-"I tell you the fellows will kick up no end of a row now if they find
-I gave up for Chandos to go in; not that I think he would mind. He's
-a sneak, and has just told you this to hide something he has been
-doing himself."
-
-"Well, I shouldn't care for what the fellows said, Tom. They want to
-keep Chandos out--a few of them, I don't believe they all do--just
-because they will stand a better chance of the prize; and it's mean
-and cowardly, and I wouldn't help them in it if I were you."
-
-"But I tell you, Charley, you mustn't go against a lot like this.
-I'm beginning to find out that you must think of others a bit when
-you are at school like this, and--and--" There Tom stopped.
-
-"Look here, Tom; it may be all very well to mind what other fellows
-say a bit, but I never knew you to do a mean thing in my life before,
-and I shall wish we had never come here if it's going to make you a
-sneak now."
-
-"Who says I am a sneak? Chandos, I suppose?"
-
-"No, it isn't Chandos. He hasn't been your chum as I have; he didn't
-know what you were before you came to school, and never talks about
-you--"
-
-"Only to call me a sneak, I suppose?"
-
-"No, he has never called you a sneak; but I do, and mean it, if you
-won't go to the governor and make a clean breast of everything."
-
-"It would do no good, I tell you, Charley, and the other fellows
-would be down upon me directly if I did. Three or four are going in
-for this prize that wouldn't try if Chandos wasn't out. I tell you
-they'd never forgive me if I split now. I'll promise this, Charley,
-I'll never get into a scrape like it again. I wish now I'd gone to
-the governor at once about it."
-
-"I wish you had; but it isn't too late, you know, now, Tom. Come on
-at once; we shall find him in the library. I'll go with you if you
-like."
-
-I really thought Tom would go then, but just as we were turning round
-Jackson ran to tell him Collins and the rest wanted him; and Tom went
-off, calling to me,
-
-"It's no good, Charley, I can't do it."
-
-I felt half ashamed to meet Chandos after this, for he knew I had
-been to talk to Tom, and I couldn't bear him to think he was such a
-sneak as he has been over this; but there was no getting out of it,
-for he was standing by the lobby door as I went in, and looked at me
-in such a way that I said, crossly,
-
-"Why don't you go to the governor yourself and tell him all about it?"
-
-"Then Haslitt won't go?"
-
-"No, he won't," I said. "This beastly school has made him a
-sneak--he never was before; he never served anybody such a trick, and
-he never would if he hadn't come here."
-
-"Well, don't get so angry about it, Stewart. My mother says one of
-the principal uses of a school is to try what mettle we are of. We
-cannot tell whether a character is strong or weak until it has been
-tried, and the temptations and failures at school prepare us better
-for the temptations of the world afterwards."
-
-"What do I care about the temptations of the world? It's this school
-that has spoiled Tom, and he will never be my chum again, and I shall
-have to look out for another lieutenant for my ship;" and I rushed
-off indoors, for fear Chandos should say any more, for I could not
-bear to hear him speak against Tom.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III.
-
-THE SKATING PARTY.
-
-November 30th.--I haven't spoken to Tom for a week, but he's so mixed
-up with the other fellows now that he don't seem to mind; but I am
-very dull, and it makes me very miserable not to have Tom working
-with me at our boats as we used to do. I have found out, too, that
-Chandos is not a general favourite in the school, but he has two or
-three friends--chums, like Tom and I used to be--who seem to be fond
-of reading, and don't get into so many scrapes as Tom's set. I
-belong to nobody just now. I join in a game sometimes when I don't
-feel too sulky; but I miss Tom too much to feel pleased with anybody
-else, though Chandos and I talk a bit sometimes when we go to bed.
-Last night we were talking about prayer. Fancy boys talking about
-that; but it seems Chandos believes it is all as real--as real as
-writing a letter to his mother, and as sure of having an answer. I
-was as much surprised as when the Doctor talked about us having a
-conscience; for it seems Chandos is not going to be a parson after
-all, but is to go into his uncle's counting-house, just as mother
-wants me to do. The only difference is that Chandos has made up his
-mind to it because it is his duty, he says, though he hates it as
-much as I do, and wants to be a doctor awfully. I begin to think the
-world is a dreadful puzzle. Why can't people do just what they like,
-instead of being driven to do what they hate so often? Chandos is a
-first-rate sort of fellow too, I think, in spite of his white face
-and curly hair; and yet he's got to do what he don't like, so that
-being good don't seem to have much to do with it, though my old nurse
-used to say good boys were always happy. Well, I'm not good, anyhow,
-so it's not very wonderful that I'm pretty miserable; only Tom seems
-happy enough, and he ought to be miserable too, which is another of
-the puzzles, I suppose.
-
-December 10th.--Everybody is essay mad--that is, all the fellows in
-our class who have gone in for it. Chandos and I never talk about it
-to each other, but I know he is disappointed, for he was ill the
-first part of this half, and so he will have no prizes to take home
-at Christmas. I suppose I should be disappointed too if I was one of
-the fellows that grind, but I don't see the use of it, and so prizes
-don't come in my way. Not but what I should like to please mamma,
-and she would be pleased, I know, if such a wonder was to happen; but
-then I hate books, unless they are about the sea, or something of
-that sort. I shall be glad when the holidays are here now. I should
-not like to confess it even to Tom, but I want to see my mother, and
-ask her some of the questions that have puzzled me lately. Then
-there is always lots of fun at Christmas, and there has been so
-little here. Another week and this essay fuss will be over, and then
-the fellows will talk about the other prizes and going home, and I
-shall try to forget all the bother, and Tom's share in it too, if I
-can. I wonder who will get this essay prize--not Tom, I am certain.
-
-December 18th.--Tom has got the prize. I cannot understand it one
-bit. I know he has gone in for lots of grind lately, like the other
-fellows, but there were two or three that I felt sure would be better
-up to that kind of work than he was. I cannot feel glad that he has
-won it, and I have not told him I am; and some of the fellows that
-were most urgent for him to go in have scarcely spoken to him since.
-I wonder whether they think, as I do, that this watch should of right
-belong to Chandos. Tom and I are going home together. No one at
-home knows anything of what has happened, and I shall not tell them
-if I can help it. Chandos has asked me to go and see him in the
-holidays, and I mean to ask mamma to let him come to our house. I
-think I shall like that better than going to his place, for I fancy
-his people are dreadfully religious, and we know nothing about that
-sort of thing, but I don't like to be thought quite a heathen.
-
-January 20th.--The holidays are over, and we are back at school in
-our old places once more. Tom has taken up the notion that I am
-envious of his good luck in getting the watch. Good luck! I call it
-bad luck, for it was a bad business altogether, and I let out
-something about this at home; but mamma only thought it was one of
-our ordinary quarrels.
-
-I went to see Chandos in the holidays. He has several brothers and
-sisters; one of them has come back with him to school, and is among
-the juniors, although he is only a year or two younger than his
-brother; but he has been delicate, and is very backward, and so was
-obliged to go into the lower division of the school. I like Mrs.
-Chandos very much. She is religious after a different pattern from
-my Aunt Phoebe, and somehow everything seems so real about her that I
-don't wonder Chandos believes everything she says. But I don't mean
-to like Chandos too much. He is all very well, but he is not Tom,
-and can never be my lieutenant. I had a talk to mamma about going to
-sea, but she is as obstinate as ever. I told Chandos of this when he
-came to see me, and he said, "Then I am afraid you will have to give
-it up, Stewart."
-
-"Give it up! give up the sea! you don't know what you are talking
-about, Chandos!"
-
-"Yes, I do, for I wanted to be a doctor quite as badly as you want to
-go to sea; but when my father died, and my mother told me how
-impossible it was that my wish could be gratified, I set to work at
-once to conquer it."
-
-"Set to work to conquer it! But how could you do that?" I said.
-
-"I--I began in the only way I could; I asked God to help me for my
-mother's sake to overcome the selfish desire, and make me willing to
-do all I could to learn what was necessary to be a merchant."
-
-"But you don't hate the idea of being chained to a desk as I do, or
-you wouldn't talk so coolly about it."
-
-"Not now. But I did hate it quite as much as you can, Stewart; but I
-remembered that my mother was not rich. When my father died we were
-very much reduced, and if I should offend my uncle by refusing this
-offer he might refuse to help the younger ones by-and-by; and so you
-see it was my duty to forget myself and my own wishes, and do what I
-could to help my mother."
-
-"But my mother does not need my help, and so I don't see why I should
-give up everything I want, if you do."
-
-"Your mother may not want your help, but she wants you. You are her
-only son, and--and shall I tell you?--I have heard of such things
-happening, you know--she may break her heart if you run away to sea.
-You would not do that, Stewart."
-
-"Break her heart! Kill my mother! Chandos, you know me better than
-that!"
-
-"Yes, I do, Stewart, and that is why I have spoken in time; but I
-have heard of boys going to sea and coming home expecting to find
-everything as they left it, and finding mother and father both
-dead--killed by grief for the runaway."
-
-"Oh, that's all twaddle, you know, Chandos; nobody ever really died
-of a broken heart," I said.
-
-"Then you mean to try the experiment on your mother? Very well,
-Stewart; if you will, you will, I know; only beware of the
-consequences, for if the twaddle should prove truth it would cause
-you lifelong unhappiness afterwards."
-
-This ended his lecture, and I made up my mind to forget it as soon as
-I could; but somehow it mixes itself up with everything, and try as I
-will I cannot forget it. Of course, I don't want to run away, if I
-can persuade mamma to let me go to sea properly; but if she won't,
-what am I to do? I can't and won't go to be perched up at an office
-desk all day, and so there will be nothing else I can do but cut and
-run some fine morning. Of course, I shall write to mamma just before
-I sail, and tell her I'm all right and jolly, and when she knows that
-she'll soon be all right. Tom and I have talked over the plan dozens
-of times, for he was to come with me, only somehow I don't want him
-so much now, though his watch might be handy to sell if we were short
-of money on the road, for I suppose we should have to go to
-Liverpool, or Plymouth, or Southampton, or some of those places.
-Bother Chandos, making me feel uncomfortable about it. But there,
-I'm not going to run away to-day, and so I'll forget the whole bother.
-
-January 26th.--At last we are going to have some fun. It has been
-freezing splendidly these two days, and if the governor hadn't been a
-duffer he would have let us go out on the ice to-day, for there is a
-first-rate pond--two or three, in fact--close by, and I know the ice
-will bear; but he has promised we shall go to-morrow, and everybody
-has been looking up skates in readiness. I hope it will not thaw
-to-night, for we are all looking forward to the fun we shall have
-to-morrow--all but Chandos, and he has taken it into his head that
-his brother ought to stay at home, as he has a cold. But Chandos
-junior has a will of his own, I can see, and I mean to help him to
-stand out against his brother's coddling, and give Miss Chandos a
-fright into the bargain, if I can. It will be good fun to coax the
-youngster to go to another pond, especially if one happens to be
-labelled "Dangerous." I fancy I can see his brother now running
-about like a hen after her brood of ducklings, for he does fuss after
-this youngster, as though he was different from other boys, and I'll
-stop it if I can.
-
-February 4th.--I wonder whether I can put down in my log all that has
-happened. I shall try, for I am very dull to-day sitting up here
-alone while the others are in school.
-
-It did not thaw, as everybody feared it would, and we started for the
-ponds in good time, Swain and the other master with us, for the
-governor would not trust us alone, which made some of the fellows
-pretty wild, and they vowed Swain should not come for nothing. Just
-before we started Tom came tearing across the playground to me and
-said, "You've split on Chandos junior!"
-
-"Split on him! What do you mean? I don't often speak to the
-youngster; you and your set know more about him than I do," I said.
-
-"Yes, but you and Miss Chandos are as thick as thieves, and you know
-he did not want young Frank to go to-day."
-
-"Yes, I do know that, and I said if I was Frank I wouldn't be coddled
-to that tune. What of that?"
-
-"Why, Chandos has locked him up or something, for he isn't here."
-
-"Locked up your grandmother! How could he do that without appealing
-to the governor? and you know Chandos is not likely to do that now.
-The youngster will turn up presently, unless he has made up his mind
-to do as his brother wishes, and declares himself on the sick-list.
-There are three to stay indoors, you know."
-
-"Yes, but young Chandos won't stay if he can help it. We've laughed
-him out of that--told him the school calls his brother a young lady
-for his meek ways, and the sooner he breaks away from her
-apron-string the better."
-
-"Well, Chandos is too fussy," I said; "but don't lead the youngster
-into any harm, Tom. I'll help with some fun, just to give Chandos a
-fright, you know."
-
-"Bravo, Charley! Jackson was just talking about the same thing, and
-we'll do it now." And we both rushed off to Jackson and the rest, to
-inquire if they had seen anything of the youngster.
-
-"It's what I call confoundedly selfish, if Chandos has stopped the
-young prig from coming out," said one of the fellows.
-
-"Chandos ain't selfish," I said; for, though I felt cross with
-Chandos myself, I did not care to hear him run down by Tom's set.
-
-"Well, I don't know what you would call it, but if somebody tried to
-make me stay at home the only day we are likely to have any fun on
-the ice, I should feel ready to punch him."
-
-"I don't believe Chandos junior will stay. But now, what are you
-going to do with him when he comes?"
-
-"Do with him! Do you think we want to eat him, Stewart?"
-
-"No, I don't suppose you do; but mind, there's to be no harm done--no
-sousing him, or anything of that sort. If it's just a bit of fun, to
-give Chandos senior a fright, I'll be in it."
-
-"I should think you would, for things are awfully slow here now. Tom
-says you used to be up to anything, but since Miss Chandos--"
-
-"There, we won't talk about that; Tom knows all about it, if you
-don't." And I was just turning away when Frank Chandos ran towards
-us with his skates in his hand, looking angry and defiant at his
-brother, who had followed him half across the playground.
-
-A few minutes afterwards we started for the ponds in groups and knots
-of twos and threes, all laughing and chattering together, the masters
-at the head, and leading the way to the broadest and shallowest.
-
-"Now, boys, I think you can skate and slide to your hearts' delight
-here; but mind, Dr. Mellor has given orders that no one is to go to
-the pond round by the alder bushes, for there are dangerous holes in
-it, as you all know, and if the ice should break--well, you know what
-the consequences are likely to be."
-
-"All right, sir, we'll keep clear of that," said two or three, as
-they were fastening the straps of their skates, while some, who had
-already begun sliding, laughed at the notion of the ice breaking.
-
-"It is as firm as the schoolroom floor, and one is as likely to give
-way as the other."
-
-"I don't believe the governor would have let us come here at all if
-all the ponds hadn't been safe," I said.
-
-"Safe! of course they're safe. The governor knows that; only he must
-tell us something by way of a scare. He's as bad as Miss Chandos,"
-said Tom.
-
-"Where is the young lady," I said, "and the youngster? We must look
-after them."
-
-We were off now spinning across the pond, Tom and I, with Jackson
-close behind, and the three of us managed to keep together.
-
-"What a lark it would be to take Chandos junior to the alder pond,"
-said Jackson, looking at me as he wheeled round on his skates.
-
-"We'll do it," I said; "but not just now. Wait a bit, till the
-fellows get warm to the work, and they won't miss us. We must keep
-our eye on the youngster. Is he skating or sliding?"
-
-"Skating; but that don't matter," said Tom.
-
-"No, but if Chandos senior had the skates on it would be all the
-better. They are his skates too; I happen to know that, and so I
-shall tell Master Frank presently that he ought not to stick to them
-for the whole afternoon."
-
-"I see; if Chandos senior should happen to see us he will not be able
-to fly to the rescue of his duckling at once. But look here,
-Stewart, we'll manage so that he don't know anything about it."
-
-"Oh, no, we won't! I want him to see us, to tease him a bit. I say,
-Jackson, are you a judge of ice? Don't you think this seems to be
-giving a bit?" I said.
-
-"No, it's as firm as a rock. What ice would give in such a cutting
-wind as this?" And Jackson pulled his comforter closer round his
-throat as he spoke.
-
-We were all pretty well wrapped up in great-coats and mufflers and
-worsted gloves, so that when we had a fall, as most of us did every
-few minutes, we had something to break the concussion a little; but
-these heavy things would prove rather awkward if the ice should break
-and let us through.
-
-I said something about this to Jackson, but he laughed at the notion,
-and Tom said, "Why, what has come to you lately, Charley? You have
-been tied to Miss Chandos's apron-string until you have got to be a
-coward. I believe now you are afraid to go to the alder pond."
-
-"Am I? you shall see about that. Where's Chandos junior?" And I
-wheeled off at once to look for the youngster and see what Miss
-Chandos was about, and whether Swain was likely to have his eye upon
-our movements.
-
-I cannot write any more to-day. To-morrow I shall be stronger, I
-hope, and then I may finish this story about our skating.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV.
-
-THE ACCIDENT.
-
-February 5th.--It helps to pass some of the time I am obliged to
-spend alone to write in my log, and so I will go on from where I left
-off yesterday.
-
-I found everybody was on the ice, the masters enjoying the fun as
-much as the boys, and Chandos the merriest of the lot. He and two or
-three of his friends were racing, curveting, cutting figures in the
-ice, for I found that Frank had been glad to give up the skates and
-take to sliding.
-
-"It's rather crowded here," I said, as I ran the youngster down, and
-then stopped and wheeled round to help him up.
-
-"It's crowded everywhere, and the fellows with skates seem to think
-they ought to have it all their own way," he grumbled.
-
-"Come over here; there are some good slides at the farther end of the
-pond;" and I helped the youngster over, purposely going close to Miss
-Chandos.
-
-But she didn't smell mischief, or was too much occupied with her own
-fun to notice us, and we soon came up with Jackson and the rest.
-
-"It's dreadfully cold here," said young Chandos, shivering.
-
-"Yes, it is cold," said Tom; "the wind sweeps down upon us, freezing
-our very marrow if we don't keep moving."
-
-"The best place for sliding would be the alder pond. That is
-sheltered a good deal from this cutting wind," said Jackson.
-
-"But it isn't safe," said Frank Chandos.
-
-"Safe! As if they'd let us come near this place at all if all the
-ponds were not safe! I tell you it will bear as well as this," said
-Jackson.
-
-"Shall we go there?" proposed Tom.
-
-"Mr. Swain said we were not to go near it," feebly ventured Frank.
-
-"Oh, well, if you're afraid, stay where you are, but I'm going," said
-Jackson. "Stewart, will you come? Tom will, I know."
-
-"Yes, I'm off," said Tom, nodding to me; but I wanted Miss Chandos to
-see where we were taking her duckling, to give her a fright.
-
-The youngster saw me looking towards his brother, and said, in a
-whisper, "If we mean to go, Eustace had better not see us. You're
-sure it's safe?" he added.
-
-"Safe as the schoolroom floor," I said; and then we went after the
-others; but I kept looking back towards Miss Chandos as we went
-towards the alder pond.
-
-We got out of sight as soon as we could, and, screened by the
-close-growing trees, the bitter east wind did not sting us quite so
-much. Jackson and Tom were soon skimming across the pond.
-
-"I wonder where the holes are they make such a fuss about?" said Tom.
-
-"I don't believe there are any," said Jackson.
-
-"Well, holes or no holes, I think we had better keep near the edge,"
-I said; but young Chandos did not hear me, he says, and went at once
-towards the trees for shelter from the wind. The ice was very thin
-there, and the next minute there was a crack, a splash, and a scream,
-and young Chandos had gone down.
-
-"Run for help!" I called to Tom, and then I skimmed across what I
-thought was the strongest part of the ice to help Frank. But before
-I could reach him the ice gave way, and we were both struggling for
-life.
-
-I don't remember much of what happened beyond telling Frank to catch
-hold of some of the branches of the trees that were close to the
-water, and hearing the shouts of the boys when Tom gave the alarm. I
-could hear them coming, but it would be too late to save me, for my
-heavy clothes kept me down in the water, and I sank, never to rise
-again, I thought. I seemed to see my mother at that moment more
-plainly than I had ever seen her before, and to understand her grief
-for my death in a way that I could not have thought possible. But
-still, although I longed to escape for her sake, I seemed bound by
-invisible fetters that were, in reality, my heavy wet clothes. They
-have told me since that this probably saved me, although they thought
-I was dead when they got me out of the water.
-
-Once out, however, I soon began to revive, for I am strong and
-healthy; but poor Frank Chandos lay hovering between life and death
-for nearly a week afterwards. I shall never forget that terrible
-time. I felt if he died I should be a murderer, for he would never
-have gone to the alder pond if I had not taken him there. Poor Miss
-Chandos, too, who had promised his mother to take good care of the
-lad, he was almost stunned with grief; and it was not until after his
-mother had come that he could be persuaded to leave his brother even
-for five minutes. Tom and the other fellows who came to see me told
-me all about it, for I was ill too, from cold and fright, but nothing
-to cause any alarm, and little notice was taken of me or my ailments,
-and I did not let any one know how miserably unhappy I was. I tried
-to talk to Tom about it once, but he only laughed, and said, "Oh,
-it's no good crying over spilt milk; let's forget all that miserable
-affair now. Of course we were all in the wrong box, I suppose; but
-then it was only done for a lark, and we've all been punished for it
-pretty stiffly. Jackson and I had a hundred lines of Milton to learn
-in after hours that took no end of time to get perfect, for the
-governor was so crabby he wouldn't let us off a single word, and
-actually heard us himself, so if you don't think that has squared
-accounts for us, then I don't know what will."
-
-"If learning two hundred lines would square things, I'd do it; but
-think of poor Frank Chandos lying there dying, and all our fault."
-
-"How can it be our fault? We didn't carry him to the pond. He came
-to please himself, and if he wasn't ill he'd have an imposition as
-well as us. I wonder whether the Doctor will give you one when you
-get well, Charley?"
-
-"I wish he would," I said, bitterly. "Oh, I dare say it's all very
-well for you to talk when it isn't likely to happen, for I expect the
-governor will think it punishment enough for you to be kept up here
-and fed on slops for ever so long. I don't know myself that I would
-not rather have the imposition."
-
-How glad I was when poor Chandos came to see me at last. I almost
-wished we really had been girls then, that I might have thrown my
-arms round his neck and kissed him and asked him to forgive me, for I
-could see he felt sorry for me, and the first words he spoke were
-meant to comfort me, only somehow they seemed to make me miserable.
-
-"You did not mean to do any harm, Stewart, I know," he said, his
-voice shaking as he spoke.
-
-"Will he die?" I asked. "It don't matter about me and what I meant
-about it, but tell me about him; is there any hope, Chandos?"
-
-"Not much, I am afraid. Only God can save him; the doctor can do no
-more, he says. Stewart, you'll pray for him, won't you--pray that
-God will give him back to my mother, for she is almost heartbroken
-over it?"
-
-"Me pray! What is the good? I don't know how; I never prayed in my
-life. I've said my prayers; but it's different, that is, from what
-you mean, and I haven't done that since I was a little chap."
-
-"Then begin again now, Stewart. Pray for poor Frank. I know you
-feel unhappy about him."
-
-"Yes, I do. I'd do anything I could; but that's just it; I can't do
-anything, and it seems mean to go sneaking to God now, when I didn't
-care a pin about the whole business until I got into this trouble;
-and I can't do it."
-
-"Oh, but you mustn't think of it--think of God in that way. If you
-had been very ill you would have liked your mother sent for, wouldn't
-you? and she would have liked to come, I am sure."
-
-"Yes, I expect there will be a row that she was not sent for as it
-is. But what has that to do with it?"
-
-"Everything. God feels as kindly towards us as our mother and
-father, and He wants us to go to Him when we are in trouble, although
-we may have kept away before. My mother says He often sends trouble
-to be His messenger and make us come, so that He will not be offended
-if you should begin to pray now."
-
-"I can't, Chandos. It's just the meanest business I ever heard of to
-go sneaking to God whenever I'm in trouble and can't help myself, and
-forget Him directly afterwards."
-
-"But why should you forget Him afterwards? Why not make Him your
-Friend, as He desires to be?"
-
-"What, be religious and grumpy, and lose all the fun of life?" I
-said, staring at Chandos in amazement.
-
-"You need not be grumpy, Stewart, and you can have just as much fun,
-only I think you will be more careful not to let the fun do harm to
-other people."
-
-"Well, I will be more careful in future, I promise you that, Chandos;
-but about being religious, why, I never heard of a schoolboy being
-religious unless he was a dreadful muff and a sneaking prig, and I
-hate sneaks of all sorts."
-
-"So do I," said Chandos; "and if I thought praying to God and trying
-to live in fear and love of Him would make you one, I wouldn't ask
-you to do it. But it won't. Look here, you've heard of General
-Havelock, haven't you? and Hedley Vicars, that fought in the Crimean
-war? Did you ever hear that they were sneaks, or anything but brave,
-noble men--brave enough to serve God openly and fearlessly? I tell
-you, Stewart, it takes a brave man, not a coward, to declare himself
-determined to serve God. But I have said enough about this, perhaps,
-and you look tired."
-
-"My head aches," I said; "but I should soon be all right if I could
-only know there was a chance for poor Frank to get better too."
-
-"I wish I had better news for you, Stewart. My mother and I can only
-pray for him."
-
-Chandos was going away as he said this, but I caught his hand and
-held him back. "I will pray too," I whispered; "but if God hears me
-now, how shall I ever keep square afterwards? and I must, you know,
-to keep from being a sneak."
-
-"Look here, Stewart; you are mistaken altogether in thinking God's
-service such a dreadful bondage. He knows you are a boy, and does
-not expect you to be prim and precise and always praying and singing
-psalms. I am not sure that it would not displease Him if you tried
-to do that, for He knows it would be a poor preparation for our work
-in the world by-and-by."
-
-"But what would He want me to do, then?" I said.
-
-"First of all to think of Him as your friend. The Lord Jesus was a
-boy Himself once, you know, and so He knows all about a boy's
-feelings and temptations. Almost my father's last words to me were,
-'Be honest and upright and pure;' and I know God will help me to keep
-my father's command if I seek His help, as He will you if you will
-take Him to be your Friend."
-
-"And isn't that what I want?" I said; "to be honest and upright and
-pure?"
-
-"I believe you do, Stewart, and it's what God wants you to be, and
-what He will help you to be if you will let Him."
-
-"But what else must I do? Religious folks always are different from
-others, you know."
-
-"Well, they ought to be. A religious sailor ought to be the bravest
-and most fearless man on board the ship, and do his work better and
-more cheerfully than anybody else."
-
-"Well, my uncle did tell me of a fellow like that once, and I thought
-I should like all my sailors to be like him. He was a jolly,
-good-natured chap, ready to spin a yarn to his mates, and they were
-willing to listen to the moral he always contrived to bring in. He
-was as brave as a lion, too, and yet as kind as a woman if any of the
-others were sick. But there ain't many like him, you know, Chandos."
-
-"You might make another, Stewart; and a captain--you mean to be a
-captain, you know--and a captain of that pattern might do as much, or
-even more, good than a common sailor."
-
-"Yes, but it's the beginning. I don't see that boys have anything to
-do with religion. What can they do?"
-
-"Learn better--learn their lessons more thoroughly, so as to be
-better fitted to do their work in the world by-and-by. I suppose
-you'll admit that we shall be men by-and-by if we are spared?"
-
-"Well, yes, of course; but then it's just that. Religion seems to be
-for those who don't live, to prepare them for death and all that, you
-know. If I was very ill and dying I should want to be religious, of
-course, but now--"
-
-"That's quite a mistake, Stewart, to suppose that because you are
-likely to live many years this matter of serving God ought to be put
-off. I might ask you how you can be sure that you will live even six
-months longer, or that you may not be carried off by some sudden
-accident. But I don't like to think of religion as just something to
-sneak out of the world comfortably with. Religion is to fit us to
-live--to live well, to fill life full of joy and happiness. You
-stare, Stewart, but I can tell you the happiest people in the world
-to-day are those who serve God best."
-
-"Then what makes them pull such long faces, and look so wretched, and
-talk about being miserable sinners?" I asked.
-
-"Well, we are sinners, you know, Stewart, and one of the first things
-we have to learn in coming to God is just this very thing. It is
-because we have sinned that Christ died to put away our sins; but
-some people don't seem to believe in this thoroughly. They know they
-are sinners, and it makes them unhappy and they fancy they ought to
-go mourning over them all the days of their life."
-
-"That's just my Aunt Phoebe, and mamma says she is very religious,
-and one of the best women that ever lived, which makes me say I hate
-good women, and all religious people into the bargain. But, Chandos,
-there are not many of your sort of religious people in the world."
-
-"More than you think for. There are some of the fellows here in this
-school; I won't mention any names, but two of the best and jolliest
-in the cricket-field will be just such men, I believe."
-
-"Boys here in this school are religious!" I said. "Of course, I know
-you are, but--"
-
-"You thought I was the only one, Stewart? Well, now, I'm glad to say
-when I came here I found one or two trying to solve the problem you
-think so improbable--how a schoolboy can serve God; and though it may
-be difficult sometimes--I grant you that, for temptation to do wrong
-even in fun must be resisted; and then lessons must be learned
-fairly, not shirked, and no cribs must be used, or else where is our
-honesty? But still, if a boy once starts to keep on the square all
-round, things are not so hard as you might think. But I must not
-stop any longer now, Stewart; I will come in and have another chat
-by-and-by. But--but you will not forget to pray for poor Frank?"
-
-Forget! Sometimes I wish I could forget that dreadful day and
-everything that happened then. It isn't often, I suppose, that such
-dreadful things happen through a little fun, or else it would help
-Chandos's argument about the happiness of not doing wrong even in
-fun, for this has made me miserable enough. I wish I could be the
-sort of fellow Chandos talked about. It's different altogether from
-what I thought, and to be fair and square and honest right through in
-lessons and everything else has nothing of the sneak about it. But I
-have promised I'd pray for Frank, and I mean to do it. How am I to
-begin? Will God hear me? I'm not good like Chandos. He saw me
-shooting the pellets at him from under the bedclothes only a little
-while ago, I suppose, and won't He think I'm mocking Chandos now if I
-kneel down as he did? What was it that he said, though, about the
-Lord Jesus being a boy once? Well, if He was He'll know all about
-me, and after all it's poor Frank I want Him to help. I wouldn't
-venture to ask Him to help me yet; I want nothing now so much as for
-Frank to get well.
-
-After thinking like this for some time I locked the door, for fear
-anybody should come in and see me, and then I kneeled down; but I
-don't know what I said, only that it was about Frank and his getting
-well, and that I'd try and do the square thing, and be honest and
-upright and pure right through, if God would only make him well again.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V.
-
-CRIBS.
-
-February 10th.--I am in the schoolroom again, and poor Frank Chandos
-is getting better. He is to go away as soon as he can be moved, but
-he is too weak even to sit up in bed yet. I went to see him
-yesterday, and Chandos told him I had prayed that God would make him
-well again. He turned his white face round, and looked at me with
-his big, dark eyes, and said, "Thank you, Stewart."
-
-"Oh, don't do that! I didn't mean to do any harm, you know, but I
-led you into the mischief, and I've been sorry enough ever since; and
-I hope you'll forgive me, Chandos," I said.
-
-But I felt almost frightened when he put out his hand and slipped it
-into mine--such a thin, white hand it was, with fingers for all the
-world like claws. I suppose the doctors know best, but I should have
-thought he was dying if Mrs. Chandos had not told me he was looking
-better.
-
-Chandos seems to expect that I'm going in for plenty of grind, and
-all that sort of thing. Well, it's only fair, for I couldn't think
-of asking God to help me out of a scrape, and then forgetting all
-about it as soon as it's over; though what a schoolboy can pray about
-when things are all right I don't know. Of course, I haven't done
-with Frank yet, for I don't feel so sure about his getting well as
-the others do. He looks awfully thin and white, and if God was just
-to leave off making him well for a day or two he'd be as bad as ever,
-I expect.
-
-February 12th.--It's awful hard work to grind away like this--as I
-have the last two days. It ain't so easy to do lessons on the
-square, when one has been using cribs for ever so long; and then,
-grind as much as you may, the lessons don't look so well after all
-when one is a duffer at them, as I am. Yesterday I sat poring over
-one book for hours and hours, trying to make out what it meant. I
-suppose I ought to know well enough by this time, for I've learned it
-all up to there; but then I've used cribs, and Swain don't know that,
-and so he pitched into me, and threatened a heavy imposition if ever
-I took up such another piece of construing. It's easy enough talking
-about always doing the square thing, and it mightn't be so hard if
-I'd always done it; but I haven't, and there's the rub.
-
-February 16th.--There's no end of a row with the fellows over these
-cribs. I've always used them, and I always shall, they say; and Tom
-backs them, and tells them I'm tied to Miss Chandos's apron-strings.
-
-It began about another wretched construe I handed in to Swain.
-
-"Is this your own work, Stewart?" asked Swain; and I thought it was
-so good he could hardly believe I had done it, and I said, quite
-proudly, "Yes, sir, I've done every word of it."
-
-"Then all I can say is, you have no right to be in this division of
-the school; and I shall talk to the Doctor about it." He was turning
-over the leaves of the exercise-book while he was talking; and
-presently, turning up one of the cribs, he said, "Look here, Stewart;
-who did this?"
-
-"I wrote that a month ago, sir," I said.
-
-"Yes, I know you wrote it, but who did the construing?"
-
-I looked at Swain, and then at the map on the wall, for I didn't know
-who had done it. I always did my lessons with Tom and the rest, and
-they managed the cribs somehow, and I just copied them off the slips
-of paper Jackson or some of the fellows handed to me.
-
-"You have been using cribs, sir," thundered Swain; and then he looked
-round at the other fellows, who were all very busy over their books.
-
-I wished for once that the schoolroom floor was like the ice on the
-alder pond, and I could slip through out of sight, for I couldn't
-tell a direct lie about it; and Swain had cornered me so that there
-was no other way of getting out of it. So I said nothing, though I
-knew I should catch it from Tom and the rest when we got into the
-playground, for I could see by Swain's looks that he suspected cribs
-had been used by all the lot.
-
-"You may go to your seat now, Stewart, and I will see Dr. Mellor
-about this," he said at last.
-
-As soon as ever we got into the playground the row began with the
-other fellows.
-
-"Look here, you miserable muff! what right have you to get us all
-into this awful scrape?" said Jackson, pulling off his jacket ready
-to fight.
-
-"Who says I'm a miserable muff?" I said, looking round at the others
-who had gathered near.
-
-"Well, Charley, it was mean of you not to open your mouth when you
-might have saved us all by a single word. Swain would have believed
-you if you'd said, 'I haven't been cribbing;' and it wouldn't have
-been much of a fib either, for you haven't cribbed for nearly a
-month, I know."
-
-"No, because I haven't done many lessons lately. You may call it a
-fib if you like, but I call it a lie, and you know I hate lying, Tom,
-as you did a little while ago. Now, Jackson, do you want to fight it
-out?" I asked, beginning to roll up my shirt-sleeves.
-
-"No, no, don't fight; things are bad enough now, and the governor
-will be furious if he hears you have been fighting," said Tom; and he
-caught hold of Jackson and held him back.
-
-"Try and settle it without fighting," said one of the other fellows.
-"I don't suppose Stewart meant to get us into a row."
-
-"No, I didn't," I said. "I only wanted to go on the square for
-myself."
-
-"One of Miss Chandos's tricks for serving us out," I heard Jackson
-whisper to Tom,
-
-"Well, that's all very well, you see, Stewart, but you've been using
-cribs with us for ever so long, and so you must stick to them now."
-
-"I shan't," I said. "I mean to act on the square."
-
-"Go on the square for anything else you like, but you mustn't throw
-us overboard in this crib business. We're all in the same boat, you
-see, Charley, and it won't do; the other fellows don't like it."
-
-"Then they can lump it," I said; and I was turning away, but Tom ran
-after me.
-
-"Now, be reasonable, old fellow; I've stuck up for you," he said,
-"for Jackson and the rest wanted to kick up a row as soon as they
-found you were doing your lessons on the square; but I said, 'Let him
-be a bit, and have his own way; he'll soon be glad of cribs again.'"
-
-"But I don't mean to have anything to do with them again, I tell you,
-Tom; it's downright dishonest."
-
-"Hoighty toighty--dishonest! You'll tell us next we're all thieves!"
-said Tom, angrily.
-
-"What's that he says?" asked Collins, who happened to hear the last
-words.
-
-"Oh, he's setting up for a Solomon after the Chandos pattern; says we
-are all dishonest--little better than thieves, of course."
-
-"What do you mean, Stewart?" said Collins, turning upon me fiercely.
-
-"Just what I say--what I told Tom--it isn't honest to use cribs, and
-I've done with them."
-
-"You'll have to ask us about that now, Stewart; we've helped you, and
-we'll do it again, though you have served us this shabby trick, for
-it won't do, you know, to have another kick-up with Swain about your
-wretched construing. This may blow over, but the next won't, and
-then we shall all be in for it."
-
-"Why don't you give the muff a good pommelling?" said Jackson; "he's
-done no end of mischief. It's no better than peaching to serve us
-such a shabby trick. Swain suspects us, I know."
-
-"Look here, Jackson, a fight will just bring the whole thing out, and
-we shall all be condemned to no end of grind if it does. There'll be
-no time for the playground or cricket-field or anything else; we
-shall just be worked like galley-slaves, for the governor will have
-all the old lessons done over again by way of extra impositions. I
-know him better than you; but if you'll just keep cool and take my
-advice we may all escape."
-
-"Now then, boys, listen to the words of the sage," said one of the
-fellows, elbowing his way to the front.
-
-"Go on, Collins, make us a speech," said another.
-
-"It ain't much of a speech. You must give up cribs now."
-
-"Oh, that's all cram; we can't do it," said Tom.
-
-"We must."
-
-"We shall all look as interesting as Stewart did to-day when we go
-up. I say, why didn't you put your finger in your mouth, Stewart?"
-he asked.
-
-I was too angry to answer, but the rest burst into a loud laugh, and
-I punched one fellow's head, but Collins wouldn't let us have a fair
-stand-up fight, and so I walked away, leaving them to settle about
-the cribs as they liked; but Tom came to me afterwards, and said that
-the fellows had agreed to use no more cribs for a fortnight, but
-after that I must do as the rest did, or they would send me to
-Coventry.
-
-February 20th.--Mrs. Chandos is still here nursing Frank. I go into
-his room to see him every day for a few minutes; but there isn't time
-for anything now except on half-holidays, for it is grind, grind,
-grind all day long, and the worst of it is we get impositions, and
-the masters are cross because all the construing is done so badly. I
-wonder who invented cribs. It's an easy way of getting over the
-lessons at first, but a fellow is nicely floored if he has to do
-without them for a bit, as we have just now. I fancy, too, that
-Swain suspects what is going on, and is watching to catch some of us,
-for we have heard nothing since the day of the row--not a word more
-about my being sent to the governor.
-
-I wish it wasn't so hard to do everything on the square. Chandos
-says I find it hard because I made a bad beginning when I came here,
-and the longer I go on without altering this the harder it will be to
-alter. He gave me quite a lecture about this last night--about
-everything in my life depending upon the sort of beginning I make
-now. I laughed, and told him he ought to be a parson, and I should
-expect to see him preaching at some street corner if they wouldn't
-give him a gown and pulpit; but though I laughed I cannot help
-thinking he may be right after all. I suppose these lessons they
-give us to learn will be useful in some way, and when I leave school
-I shall be supposed to know all about them, as Swain thinks I know
-all about the construing in my exercise-book, and it may be more
-awkward by-and-by not to know it than it is now. I'll try to think
-of this. Dear old Chandos, I like to tease him a bit about his
-lectures, and yet I like him to talk to me as he does.
-
-I can understand now how it is he is so grave and quiet. He is the
-eldest son, and his mother talks to him as though he was Frank's
-father. What a pity it is he cannot have his wish and be a doctor.
-It's cruel, I think, that people can't have their own way about
-things like this. I couldn't give up going to sea, as Chandos has
-given up his wish.
-
-March 4th.--The fortnight is up, and cribs are coming in fashion
-again, but everybody is very careful, for Swain is still on the
-look-out, I can see. Last night I had a talk with Chandos about it,
-and he says if I am firm the boys will not send me to Coventry, as
-they threaten. Jackson and a few others may bully me a bit, but the
-school will not be led by them.
-
-To tell the truth, I am not so much afraid of Jackson and that lot as
-of the endless grind I shall have to do to keep on the square and do
-without cribs. I wish I'd never begun with them, and it wouldn't be
-so hard now, but once begun, it seems almost impossible to leave them
-off.
-
-I said something of this to Chandos, and he said if I asked God's
-help I should not find things so difficult; but I don't see how
-praying can help me with my lessons or make them any easier, but
-still I mean to keep on.
-
-March 12th.--The fellows are awfully rusty because I won't use cribs.
-Yesterday Tom came to talk to me about it--the first time he has
-spoken for a week, for most of the fellows have kept their word, and
-sent me to Coventry for it.
-
-"Now look here, Charley, the fellows have sent me to speak to you
-once more--mind, it's the last time--and if you ain't reasonable now
-you won't have another chance."
-
-"If it is about cribs you can hold your tongue, for I've made up my
-mind long ago," I said.
-
-"Oh, that's all cram. It won't do to come over us with that tale,
-you know, Charley; you've used 'em for months and months before you
-came here, I know, and you'll be glad enough to use 'em again; but
-you'll find then the fellows won't help you, and so I've come to give
-you one more chance. Now then, yes or no?"
-
-"No," I said, firmly.
-
-"Oh, I'm not going to take your answer in such a hurry as all that.
-Just think a bit, old fellow, what you'll do when the summer comes,
-and you have to sit stewing over your lessons in that musty old
-class-room while we are in the cricket-field. Why, you'll never get
-that big ship of yours finished unless you take to cribs again."
-
-"I can't help it," I said, sulkily, and wishing all the time I could
-get my lessons done sooner.
-
-"Oh yes, you can, and you needn't think to cram me with the tale that
-you are fond of grind, because I know better. You hate it like
-poison, and if you weren't afraid of Miss Chandos and her slow-going
-lot you'd take to cribs again like a sensible fellow."
-
-"Who says I'm afraid of Chandos?"
-
-"I do, and so do the other fellows; and she's just taking all the
-spirit out of you, and making you as big a coward as she is herself."
-
-"I tell you, Tom, you're mistaken in thinking Chandos is a coward,
-and I'll fight any fellow that dares to say so."
-
-"Oh, everybody knows you can fight, but that isn't the thing. I
-haven't come to quarrel with you, Charley, but to talk over this.
-Look here now, things are getting awfully dull and slow. We haven't
-had a real good lark this half, for all our time has to be spent in
-grind."
-
-"You and Collins and Jackson always get done in good time."
-
-"Yes, and a few others besides, but some of them talk about giving up
-cribs through you, and it ain't fair. Swain will find out about the
-cribs if you are so much longer over your lessons than we are. Mind,
-this isn't the only thing, Charley. We're old chums--"
-
-"We were at one time, Tom, but I can't forget that farm-yard
-business," I put in.
-
-"Oh, botheration to the farm-yard! That was months and months ago,
-and everybody has forgotten that, if you haven't."
-
-"I'm not so sure of that, Tom," I said.
-
-Tom put his hands into his pockets and whistled. After a minute or
-two he said, "Well, Charley, you'll never be the sailor I thought you
-would."
-
-"Bother being a sailor! What's that got to do with it?" I said.
-"You were talking about our being chums."
-
-"Well, only this--sailors don't bear malice like you."
-
-"I don't bear malice. It isn't that at all. You didn't hurt me,
-except that I felt I'd lost my old chum, when you did that sneaking
-business, and let Chandos take your punishment."
-
-"Oh, bother Chandos! I'm sick of hearing the young lady's name, and
-I didn't come to talk about her, but about these cribs. I tell you,
-Charley, if you don't take them up again there'll be no fun this
-half."
-
-"We can live without fun, I suppose," I said, crossly.
-
-"I suppose we can, but you were always up to anything in that line.
-But now--well, there's been nothing since the skating but just
-maundering about like a parcel of girls."
-
-"Would you like that skating business over again?--because I
-shouldn't! I do like a good lark as well as anybody, but I may as
-well tell you straight out, Tom, I mean to go on the square with our
-larks as well as with lessons. I shan't forget how near Frank
-Chandos was to dying for one while, and I mean to be careful in that
-direction for the future, for I shouldn't like to be a murderer, even
-in fun."
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI.
-
-WAS IT ROBBERY?
-
-April 13th.--A month since I wrote up my log. I have been home for a
-few days' holiday, but the rest has been all grind, and not a single
-lark. I'm afraid I shan't be able to hold out much longer; and yet
-it seems jolly mean when God has made Frank Chandos almost well, and
-saved me from being miserable all my life.
-
-I had a letter from Frank yesterday, and he says he can run
-about--clamber over the rocks and build castles in the sand now. I
-wish I was at the seaside, though it would be better to be on the
-sea. I shall run away soon to get away from this grind if something
-don't happen, though I'm not sure that it wouldn't be as mean as
-cribbing. The fellows have sent me to Coventry over that, and
-everything is as dull as can be. I wish something would happen; even
-a row would be a change.
-
-April 20th.--Something has happened, or is going to happen, at least;
-and I've laughed so much already over it that my sides ached.
-Yesterday morning I heard a knocking at our bedroom door just before
-the dressing-bell rang.
-
-"Who's there?" I called out.
-
-"Hush up and come out here," came a whisper through the keyhole.
-
-I knew it was Tom, and though I felt inclined to give him a turn at
-Coventry at first, I got up and opened the door.
-
-"Now then, what's the row? Have you set all the water-jugs on fire?"
-I asked.
-
-"We want you in our room a minute. Is Miss Chandos asleep?" he added.
-
-"It ain't likely, with all the row you've been making at this door.
-What do you want, Tom? You know I'm in Coventry."
-
-"Well, you won't be much longer. We'll give up about the cribs,
-Charley; you've beat us. But slip on some of your things and come
-into our room. Collins wants to speak to you. He's got some news."
-
-"And a hamper too, hasn't he?"
-
-"Yes, but there wasn't much besides clothes, and that's what's put
-him out."
-
-"Does he think I'm to blame, then?" I said.
-
-"No, but he thinks you might help him fill it. But come on, Charley,
-now, before Swain comes. We must think of something at once."
-
-"I shan't be a minute, Chandos," I said, slipping my head inside the
-door; and then I followed Tom to his room. This is a good deal
-larger than ours, and has six beds in it, Jackson, Collins, and Tom,
-with three others, sleeping here. They were all perched on Collins's
-bed when we went in, talking over the matter upon which Tom had been
-dispatched.
-
-"I say, Stewart, you'll promise us, first of all, not to tell what
-goes on here, even if you shouldn't join the fun?"
-
-"Did you ever know me to turn sneak, any of you fellows?" I asked,
-rather angrily.
-
-"You need not get your back up, Stewart; we only asked you a civil
-question, and you might give us a civil answer. It's all right,
-though; I don't believe you'd peach."
-
-"No, I wouldn't."
-
-"Well, I believe you. Now, look here. The governor's birthday is on
-the twenty-fourth, and we shall have a holiday--a whole holiday, this
-year, as I happen to know; for I overheard Swain talking about the
-weather being unusually fine, and the boys having worked very
-steadily lately; they were to have the whole day to spend at
-Dinglewell. You've never been to Dinglewell, have you, Stewart?"
-
-"No, but I've heard about it."
-
-"Oh, it's the jolliest place! and we can do pretty much as we like in
-the woods. There's only one thing they're mean about, and that's the
-grub. Sandwiches and stale buns I don't relish, especially when I
-think of the pantry shelves almost cracking with the good things at
-home; for you must know there's always a grand dinner-party in the
-evening, and cook begins preparing for it days beforehand. I tell
-you, Stewart, it's enough to make a fellow's mouth water to see the
-pies and tarts and custards standing there."
-
-"You're not obliged to look at them, I suppose?"
-
-"Oh, it's not the looking at them I object to, but the not tasting;
-and I mean to remedy that this year. Are you game for a lark?"
-
-"Just try me, that's all!" I said.
-
-"Charley's good for any lark that don't hurt anybody," said Tom.
-
-"Then this will fit him as nicely as possible, for nobody will be
-hurt. Even the governor himself will laugh over it, and we shall
-have a jolly feed into the bargain."
-
-"You mean to have some of the pies and tarts out of cook's pantry,
-then?"
-
-"Exactly, old fellow. You'd help us, I know."
-
-"What am I to do?" I asked; "and how are you going to get them
-away--put them in your pockets?"
-
-"Pockets be bothered! No, everybody knows I had a hamper from home
-yesterday, and I mean to let the school think it was stuffed full of
-good things, and that I mean to save them until we go to Dinglewell."
-
-"Oh, I see," I said, laughing; but there wasn't time to say any more,
-for the bell rang, and I was obliged to hurry back to my room, for
-there's no telling when or where Swain will turn up in the morning.
-
-Chandos looked at me when I got back, but he would not ask any
-questions, and of course I can't split on the other fellows.
-
-Later in the day I had another talk with Collins about clearing the
-larder, and we agreed to do it the night before we went to
-Dinglewell; and the things were to be packed in his hamper, and Swain
-is to be asked beforehand to let it go in the cart with the other
-grub and things. This is the best of the whole fun, to think Swain
-should help us clear the governor's larder. I laughed until Collins
-declared I should bring it all out and spoil it. I wouldn't be out
-of this fun for anything. I only wish I could be at home when cook
-finds it out. I'd give my share of the fun to see the scare.
-
-[Illustration: CLEARING THE LARDER.]
-
-April 23rd.--I've only time for a line before Chandos comes in, and
-the other fellows don't want him to know anything of what's going on.
-We've done it--cleared the larder of every pie and custard we could
-get hold of. I thought we should be caught once, and my hair almost
-stood on end as I heard cook's voice outside the door; but she went
-on, and so did we. I handed the things to Collins through the
-window, and each fellow in the secret took something and stole up to
-his room with it, and now they are all safely packed in the hamper,
-and Swain has promised it shall go in the cart. Poor old Swain, if
-he only knew what he had promised! But he'll never know that he
-helped to clear the governor's pantry, although he'll pull a long
-face to-morrow when he comes home and finds there's precious little
-to eat. The best of the fun is, they won't find out that they're
-gone until dinner is nearly ready, for the precious things were
-packed on the top shelves out of the way, and I nearly broke my neck
-once trying to reach them. I wonder what Chandos will say about this
-when he hears of it? He is looking forward to the fun we shall have
-in the woods to-morrow as much as anybody. I wonder whether he would
-think this innocent fun? I don't think I shall go to the feed,
-though I helped to get the things, for Collins won't ask him, which I
-think is rather mean of him, considering that Chandos had to stay
-here for the Easter holidays, while the rest of us went home for a
-fortnight.
-
-I wonder what we shall do with the dishes when we've eaten the pies!
-We can't bring 'em home, that's certain, and Swain mustn't see them
-either, and he'll expect to be invited, for Collins has pitched him a
-fine yarn about the things his mother has sent for this feed. I must
-ask Collins what he means to do about this, for if we don't look out
-the crockery will spoil the whole game. What a pity it is they can't
-make pies without dishes! I almost wish I'd only brought those
-little tarts that Collins carried away in his handkerchief. They got
-broken a bit, and some of the jam ran out, but they're just as good
-broken as whole, and there's no dishes to worry about. Bother the
-dishes! I must go and speak to him about them before Chandos comes
-up. I wonder why he is downstairs so long after time. Surely he
-can't have any mischief on hand!
-
-April 25th.--Our holiday is over, and the fun too; but I'm afraid we
-haven't heard the last of the governor's pies. If he only knew what
-a bother they were to us after all, and how often we wished them back
-in the pantry even before we had eaten them, he would feel more
-comfortable about it, I should think, for it's the last time I'll
-ever have anything to do with robbing a larder, even for a lark. It
-was all through the dishes. Nobody knew how we were to get rid of
-them, and some of the fellows got so frightened they wanted to pitch
-the whole lot away. But we couldn't do that, even if Collins and
-Jackson would have agreed to it, for the hamper had gone in the cart,
-and we couldn't get at it until Swain said, soon after we reached
-Dinglewell, "Would you like your hamper left with the other things
-until dinner-time, Collins?"
-
-"I don't think so, sir, Stewart and Jackson, and a few more of us,
-are going to look for ferns, and so we can carry the hamper, and if
-we shouldn't get back by dinner-time it won't matter."
-
-"I don't know so much about that," said Swain, turning rather rusty;
-"I cannot let you stray miles off. You may take the hamper, of
-course, but you must not go beyond the old tower, and then I shall
-know where to find you if you are wanted."
-
-"The contrary old hunks--he's never done that before!" grumbled
-Collins, as we turned away, carrying the hamper between us.
-
-We didn't feel very jolly about the thing now, and I wished I could
-back out of it and join the football party with Chandos and the rest.
-We might have been carrying a coffin with the body of somebody we'd
-killed, by the solemn way we marched along. As soon as we were away
-from Swain and the rest I said, "Now let's pitch all the rubbish down
-the first hole we can find."
-
-"That's your own throat, I suppose, Stewart," said Jackson.
-
-"No, I don't want a bit; I've had enough thinking of the dishes," I
-said.
-
-"Oh, hang the dishes! I wish you hadn't thought of them at all, or
-had left them in the pantry," said Collins.
-
-"Well, I like that--after dragging me into the scrape to grumble at
-me for helping! Now, look here, I've had enough of the fun, and will
-give up the feed to you, and go back to the rest, if you like."
-
-"And leave me to take care of the precious dishes! I knew you were a
-coward, Stewart."
-
-"No, I'm not a coward, and I'll stay and see it out, if you like. We
-must smash the dishes up, you know, and throw the bits about. Swain
-will never see anything of them then."
-
-"Bravo, Charley! What a pity we hadn't thought of that before! Now,
-then, let's find a place where we can be sure to be to ourselves, and
-when we've cleared out the good things we'll begin the smashing
-business."
-
-It did not take us long to demolish the pies and custards, and each
-dish as it was emptied was broken into pieces, and we amused
-ourselves by throwing these as far as we could in every direction.
-
-It was quite a relief when the last tart was eaten and the last dish
-scattered, and I then proposed returning to the others, for, our
-penance over, surely we might have some play now.
-
-"You forget we've come fern-grubbing," said Collins. "I propose
-that, as we have robbed the governor of his dinner, we should take
-him something for his fernery. It will help to ward off suspicion,
-too, I should think; it ought, I am sure."
-
-"I am not at all sure," I said, "and I know nothing about ferns
-either."
-
-"He wants to get back to his nurse," laughed Jackson.
-
-"Miss Chandos said he mustn't be long," put in Tom, provokingly; but
-the next minute he had measured his length on the ground, for if I
-did want to have a game with Chandos I wasn't going to be told of it
-by Tom.
-
-Then the fellows all turned rusty, and there was something of a
-fight, until about the middle of the afternoon we were so tired of
-each other and our fruitless search for ferns that we threw the
-hamper away and went back to the rest.
-
-"I knew you wouldn't get any ferns," said Swain, when he heard of the
-result of our expedition. "I suppose you have had your dinner?" he
-added, speaking rather stiffly.
-
-"Yes, sir," answered Collins; and we were glad to turn away, for we
-fancied he looked at us very suspiciously.
-
-We had certainly missed the fun to-day in our eagerness to grasp it;
-for seven more disagreeable, disconsolate boys it would be hard to
-find than we, as we sauntered towards the two football parties, who
-were running, shouting, laughing, and evidently enjoying the game
-wonderfully.
-
-There seemed to be no room for us now, and we stood about watching
-the fun as it grew more fast and furious. Chandos saw me at last,
-and ran across to where I was standing.
-
-"Why, Stewart, where have you been all day? What made you run away
-from this football? It has been such glorious play!"
-
-"I'm glad you've enjoyed it. I've been with Collins and the rest to
-look for some ferns."
-
-"To look for ferns! Why, Collins must know that ferns don't grow in
-Dinglewell Forest; at least, I never saw any," said Chandos.
-
-"I don't think they do, for we couldn't find them either, and so we
-came back."
-
-"Well, you'll join the game now, won't you? Come on, we'll make room
-for you."
-
-"No, I don't care about it to-day," I said, for I began to feel a
-kind of dizziness in my head. I had felt sick for the last hour, but
-this pain in my head was something quite new, and I began to fear I
-should be ill. Certainly I had no inclination to join in the _mêlée_
-over the ball, and only wanted to be left alone.
-
-The miserable day came to an end at last, and I was glad enough to go
-home and go to bed, and I fancy Tom and one or two of the others felt
-as bad as I did, although nobody complained or even owned to having a
-headache, for fear Swain should suspect us when he heard of the
-robbery. Robbery! what an ugly word that is! But of course it isn't
-as though we really stole things; we only took the pies for fun,
-which is different from common stealing, only we missed the fun
-altogether this time.
-
-We expected to hear all about the affair when we came home--that the
-cook had gone into hysterics and the governor fainted, or something
-like that; but we did not hear a single word, and of course we
-couldn't ask.
-
-Yesterday we did hear a little bit from the housemaid; but she didn't
-know who the governor suspected. She thought it was burglars, and of
-course we said it must be, and sent the whisper through the school
-that burglars had broken into the pantry.
-
-One of the juniors was so frightened at the word "robbers," that he
-went and asked Swain if he thought they would come any more, or
-whether he had better write and ask his mamma to send for him.
-
-"Who has been telling you this tale about burglars and robbers? It
-is nothing to be afraid of. Burglars such as you are thinking of
-don't come to steal pies and custards. We shall find out the thief
-or thieves very soon, I have no doubt."
-
-I have been wondering ever since I heard this whether Swain suspects
-us after all, or whether he just said it to pacify the youngster.
-Not a word has been said about it by the governor, and so I am
-inclined to think we shall get off without any further punishment.
-It will only be fair after all, for if the governor knew how his
-precious pies spoiled all our holiday, and how miserable and sick
-they made us feel, he wouldn't want to serve us out any more by way
-of making us remember it. I'm not likely to forget or repeat it
-again, for a day like that is worse than the hardest grind at Euclid.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII.
-
-A SURPRISE.
-
-April 30th.--There's been a most awful row, and the fellows say I
-turned rat--at least, Jackson and Collins have sent me to Coventry
-over it; but I should do it again if there was the same occasion, for
-how could I let a poor servant lose her place and her character
-through one of my larks? The governor must be a drivelling donkey
-not to suspect us instead of the servants.
-
-I always fancied that Swain did smell a rat until Young came tearing
-up to me with the tale that the police were to be sent for to search
-the kitchen-maid's boxes.
-
-"Why, what's the row now?" I asked.
-
-"They can't find out anything clear about those pies; but it's pretty
-certain the kitchen-maid has been giving away bread and meat, which,
-it seems, is against the rules, and they think she has handed the
-pies away too--sold them, perhaps."
-
-"Sold your grandmother! Young, you're not such a muff as to think
-the servants did that, are you?"
-
-"I don't know what to think. It couldn't be burglars, you know."
-
-"Of course not, it was us. I did most of the business, and I'm off
-to the governor now to tell him all about it;" and, leaving Young
-staring with all his eyes, I rushed indoors past Swain, who stood
-near the schoolroom door, and bolted on to the master's study. I
-could hardly wait for him to say "Come in;" but when I opened the
-door all my courage seemed to have gone, and I felt ready to run away
-again.
-
-"Did you wish to speak to me, Stewart?"
-
-"Yes, sir; please, sir, it's about the pies," I said, hardly knowing
-how to begin.
-
-"You mean the robbery that has been committed lately?"
-
-"Please, sir, I never thought about it's being a robbery when I took
-them."
-
-"You took them! You robbed my pantry, Stewart?"
-
-"It wasn't a robbery, sir--it was only a lark. I did not want the
-pies to eat; it was just for the fun."
-
-"And what did you do with them?" asked the governor, sternly.
-
-"Well, sir, Mr. Swain helped us get them away, although he didn't
-know it;" and then bit by bit it all came out. I tried to screen
-Collins and the rest, but somehow there was no getting over the
-governor's close questions, and he sent for them, and gave us all a
-lecture and then a long imposition. I hate impositions and all sorts
-of grind, but I didn't mind that so much, for after all the governor
-didn't give it us so stiff as he might--as I thought he would; and
-that poor girl is not to lose her place after all.
-
-I thought when the impositions were got over there would be an end of
-the affair; but it seems I shall for ever be nagged about it--called
-a rat, a sneak, a coward. Tom says I need not have been in such a
-hurry to run off to the governor--that if the police had come they
-would not have found the empty dishes in her box, and so she would
-not have lost her place, and we could still have kept our secret.
-
-Chandos, too, talks something like the governor. According to them
-it was an actual robbery, although I did it in fun. The result was
-the same, they say, and it might have led to disastrous consequences
-if I had not told the whole truth about it; and then he went on to
-say it was not keeping the promise I had made when Frank was so ill.
-
-"Well, how in the world is a fellow to keep straight for ever?" I
-said.
-
-"What pleasure did you get out of this?"
-
-"None at all, as it happened, and it's the last pantry I'll rob; but
-still--" and there I stopped.
-
-"I suppose you mean to say you will get into some other mischief at
-the first opportunity?"
-
-"Well, how am I to keep out of it?" I asked.
-
-"What pleasure did you ever get by it? Now, I know you did not enjoy
-the holiday at Dinglewell as I did, and yet--"
-
-"No, that I didn't," I said; "it was the most miserable day I ever
-spent, and I'll never rob a pantry any more, even for fun. I tell
-you, Chandos, I'd like to keep straight if I could, but how can I?
-I've tried, and tried hard, ever since that affair of poor Frank's.
-I've never touched a crib since, I give you my word, and you don't
-know how hard it is to leave off when once you've begun on that tack."
-
-"I know it must be hard work, and I think you have done very well in
-resisting as you have the temptation to use cribs; but you might have
-done better, Stewart, if you were not so proud."
-
-"Proud!" I said. "Nobody ever called me that before. Sailors are
-never proud, you know."
-
-"Well, you are, or you would accept the help a Friend is waiting to
-give you if you were not."
-
-"Now, Chandos, that isn't fair," I said. "I have always been willing
-to accept help and take advice from you."
-
-"I wasn't speaking of myself, but of One who cares for you far more
-than I do, although I feel sorry enough when you go wrong, and get
-into scrapes, and make people miserable, as you often do through your
-thoughtlessness."
-
-"I suppose you mean my mother? But I tell you, Chandos, she expects
-it--she knows boys can't keep out of mischief."
-
-"But I know they can; and it wasn't your mother I was thinking of
-just now, but God."
-
-"But--but you don't think He cares much about it, do you, Chandos?
-He can't, you know."
-
-"You believe that I care, don't you--at least a little?"
-
-"Well, yes, I do, for you have always been my friend, and helped me
-out of a scrape, and given me good advice; but--but it's different
-about God," I said.
-
-"Why is it different? He is your Friend, who cares far more for your
-welfare than I do, and He is more anxious to see you do well--live a
-pure, honest, upright life--than I can be; and yet you will not
-accept the help He alone can give, and by which alone you can conquer
-this inclination to get into mischief and often do such great wrong."
-
-"God is my Friend?" I repeated. "Look here, Chandos, if I could
-believe that--well, I don't know what I should do, but somehow I
-should want to be different. I almost wish it could be true."
-
-"It is true, Stewart, as true as truth, as true as you and I are
-standing here. I wish you would believe that God feels a personal
-interest in you, as much as though you were the only schoolboy in the
-world."
-
-"I wish I could. But somehow, Chandos, it seems so strange--too
-wonderful, you know, to be true, that God--the great God who made
-heaven and earth--can care for a harum-scarum lot like us."
-
-"Yes, it is wonderful; but you know the Lord Jesus Christ cared so
-much for this harum-scarum world and all the people in it that He was
-content to die--to lay down His life to bring them to God."
-
-"Yes, I've heard something about it in church; and since I've been
-trying to do the square thing and write bits of the sermon, I've
-heard about it there too; but then it never seemed to me that it
-could be for boys. God the friend of boys like me? Why, look here,
-Chandos; if the governor was to proclaim himself my friend it would
-be an honour, you know; but look at the difference! I take it that
-you mean I could go and tell God about every little scrape and
-trouble I got into, and He would help me out of it?"
-
-"Or help you to bear it, as the case might be. That is exactly what
-I do mean, Stewart."
-
-"You do; and you believe it?"
-
-"Believe it; of course I believe it. I don't know how I should get
-on if I did not," said Chandos; and I am sure he spoke truly.
-
-"Well, perhaps I may come to believe it too some day, but I can't
-now--not just in the way you do. Of course I know we ought to pray
-and do the square thing; but as long as we do that and go to church
-it always seemed to me that God wouldn't trouble Himself about us any
-further. I have been doing the square thing too lately; at least,
-I've tried at it, and isn't that enough?"
-
-"But, Stewart, according to your belief, we should all be the slaves
-of God--doing just what we were obliged, for fear of punishment, and
-no more. God does not ask, will not accept such service as that.
-Don't you remember the text of last Sunday, 'My son, give Me thine
-heart,' and what the minister said of God desiring our will, our
-affection to be given to Him? The service would follow then quite
-naturally, he said; and when I heard it I was thinking of
-you--thinking you had begun at the wrong end, trying to force
-yourself into giving God service without any heart or love or
-pleasure in it."
-
-"Yes, you're about right, Chandos," I said; "but I don't see how it
-could be different. God made Frank well, and I promised that if He
-would do that and save me from being miserable all my life I'd do the
-square thing; and I'm not mean enough to back out of the bargain if I
-can help it."
-
-"But, Stewart, you do not surely think that God answered our prayers
-for Frank just because He wanted to tie you to this miserable
-bondage--for it is bondage, slavery--this service which you know
-ought to be and is 'perfect freedom' to those who begin at the right
-end, and not the wrong--by giving their hearts--their will and love
-to God."
-
-"Well, I don't know. Of course God wants me to be good, I suppose."
-
-"But He would never take such an advantage of us as you
-suppose--making a bargain with us, as it were. No, no, Stewart, you
-have made a great mistake about this. God heard and answered our
-prayers because He pitied our distress and loved you too well to let
-the miserable consequences of your thoughtless mischief follow you
-through all your life; and you ought to return love for love, and not
-treat God as though you thought Him a hard taskmaster."
-
-"Well, I don't know; you may be right, Chandos, but I don't see how I
-am to begin. What a pity it is you are not going to be a parson!"
-
-I couldn't help saying that, and I meant it too.
-
-May 5th.--Something has happened that I never thought did happen
-anywhere except in books. Chandos, that so many of the boys have
-looked down upon as being poor and beneath them, because he never
-seemed to have any pocket money to spend, like the rest of us, has
-suddenly become a baronet--Sir Eustace Chandos, of Chandos Court, and
-I don't know how many other places besides. It came upon us like a
-thunderbolt, for Chandos never told us his uncle was a baronet, or
-that he had any relatives but the merchant uncle. He did tell me a
-few weeks ago that he had just heard of the sudden death of his two
-cousins, but he did not say any more, except that he had not seen
-them above twice in his life. I suppose he may have thought it would
-make no great difference to him, as his uncle was not a very old man;
-but now his uncle has just died too, and our Miss Chandos becomes Sir
-Eustace. Well, I only wish his uncle had put off dying a little bit
-longer--just till I felt more settled about things; but now I feel
-sure I shall run away to sea if the mother don't come round and give
-her consent.
-
-May 12th.--Bravo! Sir Eustace is not going to leave us just yet. It
-seems his brother Frank is just coming back, and he prefers to stay
-another year, and then he will go to college, I suppose. It don't
-seem to have made a bit of difference in him either. I thought
-perhaps he might like to drop our friendship now he was so rich and I
-still poor Charley Stewart, but he seemed hurt at the bare
-suggestion, and so I am to call him Chandos as usual, and we shall
-share the room just the same as though nothing had happened. I have
-thought a good deal about this the last two days. I know a good many
-fellows would have packed up their traps and gone off at once, or
-else held their heads so high that a poor chap like me would never be
-able to speak to them; and I've been wondering whether it's Chandos
-having learned so many things about God that makes him different in
-this. I've thought, too, that perhaps after all, as Chandos is just
-as willing to be my friend now he is Sir Eustace, that God may be my
-friend, as he said, though I can hardly get used to the thought yet.
-
-May 20th.--There has been a tremendous row over the prize essay by
-which Tom won the watch last Christmas. After all this time, when
-everybody thought it was forgotten--though a good many of us did
-wonder then how Tom managed it--now it is found out that it was all
-made up of cribs, some taken from books, and some from notes that one
-of the older fellows lost. Somebody must have turned rat, Tom says.
-He is in an awful rage at having to give up the watch, but the
-governor insisted; and now Tom is as dull and looks as miserable as
-he can be, for the school has sent him to Coventry over it, which is
-very mean, I think, seeing they upheld him last winter, when a good
-many at least knew he had no right to try for this prize. He must
-wish he had let Chandos take his chance now, I should think. I
-cannot help pitying him, and Chandos and I have agreed not to join
-the school this time, though the other fellows threaten us with
-Coventry for speaking to Tom as we do.
-
-The sea fever, as Chandos calls it, has suddenly seized Tom again,
-and he is always talking about it, as though we were both sure of
-going. I wish we were; but Tom's father says he has no real liking
-for it, and therefore won't let him go, and my mother is afraid. Oh
-dear! if mother would only give her consent! but she never will, I am
-afraid, and there will be nothing for it but to run away. Tom says
-we had better make up our minds to go from here before next
-Christmas. If it wasn't for the talks I've had with Chandos I'd do
-it; but I think I must give the mother one more chance, and see if I
-can't persuade her in the holidays to let me go. I wish I could
-think of something to please her very much; I'd do anything to get
-her consent to my going to sea.
-
-June 4th.--I've been talking to Chandos. He says I have got the sea
-fever very bad this time, and he is afraid some of the other boys
-will catch the infection. I know what he means. He is afraid his
-brother may learn to like the sea from hearing so much about it from
-Tom, for the two are always together now. But I don't think he need
-to be afraid, Frank would never do for the sea, I am sure. He has
-persuaded me not to tease my mother too much about these plans of
-mine these holidays, but to go in for lots of grind next half, and
-get a prize at Christmas, and then, perhaps, when she sees I have
-really been industrious with my lessons, and yet love the sea as
-dearly as ever, she will be more likely to yield.
-
-The plan may be a good one--I think it is, but it's precious hard.
-Grind is not quite such a trouble as it was at first, but still it's
-bad enough; and what with no cribs, and the extra I shall have to do
-if I am to have a chance of taking a prize, it is just enough to turn
-my brain. I scratch my head and pull a long face every time I think
-of it, but still I think I will try it, hard as it is.
-
-June 12th.--Mrs. Chandos has sent a very pressing invitation for
-mamma and me to pay them a visit at Chandos Court, and of course Sir
-Eustace is quite eager that I should accept it. Not that he wants to
-show off his grandeur, I could never believe that of Chandos.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII.
-
-RUNNING AWAY TO SEA.
-
-August.--We are back at school once more, and I am going to begin
-grinding in real earnest for this prize. The mater has half
-consented, or at least half promised, to give her consent if I get
-this prize. Mrs. Chandos talked her into this, I fancy, while we
-were staying at the Court. What a jolly time we had there, in spite
-of its being awfully grand! Everybody calls Chandos the "young
-baronet" about there, and people touch their caps to him as though he
-were a great swell, as I suppose he is. I never thought there was so
-much fun in him as I know there is now. He seems to love fun as much
-as any of us, only he is very careful that his pleasure does not give
-any one else pain, which makes all the difference in our way of
-getting fun; and I fancy his enjoyment of it is deeper after all.
-
-September 1st.--There is to be an extra prize given for Latin this
-year, and the examination is to take place early in December.
-Chandos wants me to go in for this, but I am half afraid. It will
-want such lots of grind. He says learning would not be so much
-trouble to me if I would only make up my mind to like it; but I don't
-think I shall ever do this. But still I must get one prize at
-Christmas somehow; and having done my lessons so long on the square,
-without even touching a crib, I think I may manage it without quite
-killing myself.
-
-September 14th.--I wish prizes had never been invented--never been
-thought of. I believe it's done just to plague boys. Here we are
-working like galley slaves; and if I don't go on grind, grind,
-Chandos whispers, "You forget the prize--you are going to sea." No,
-I don't forget it; I have been thinking of it more than ever lately,
-and so has Tom. He means to run away and get to Liverpool before the
-winter sets in, and of course he wants me to go with him, and calls
-me "rat" and "coward" because I will not promise. Of course I don't
-mean to split on him, for I can't help wishing I could go too; but
-somehow, now that it seems possible I may get my mother's consent to
-go in a proper manner--go as a midshipman in the Navy--I would rather
-wait, although I do hate the grind.
-
-Chandos says I shall have to grind harder still if I go to the Naval
-College at Greenwich; but I won't mind that so much, for the grind
-will be about ships and navigation, and not the stupid things we have
-to learn here.
-
-October 12th.--Tom means to go. Everything is so miserable here, he
-says. The fellows have been rather hard upon him, I think,
-considering they all backed him up to keep Chandos out of trying for
-the watch last year. Well, he don't want a watch now, but he's going
-in for as much grind as though he did, or as though he was still
-poor, and going to mount his uncle's office stool, instead of living
-in all the glory of Chandos Court. But I began about Tom. He means
-to be missing some fine morning, and to make his way to Liverpool.
-He thinks he shall be sure to get a ship there, and is to write to me
-and his father just before he sails. He don't mean to write to the
-governor at all, because he was so mean about the watch. We always
-talked about selling that to pay our expenses on the road, for of
-course Tom don't want to beg; and to save him from this I have given
-him all the pocket-money I had left, which was only half-a-crown and
-twopence, for I never can keep money long, now that old woman with
-the bulls'-eyes comes to the playground gate so often. Poor Tom! I
-wish I had more I could give him, for things have been pretty hard
-for him here lately, though I dare say he deserved it for the mean
-trick he served Chandos. What a scare it will be when they first
-find out that Tom has gone! I shall have to keep quiet,
-though--hear, see, and say nothing, as they tell the youngsters, for
-I cannot pretend to be anxious when I know all about it, and I don't
-mean to split on Tom. Sometimes I fancy that Chandos minor is in the
-secret. Tom is stupid if he lets too many know what he is up to. I
-should have kept my own counsel, and not let Chandos know this.
-
-October 14th.--The house is all in commotion. Nothing has gone on in
-its proper order, and everybody seems to be wondering what will
-happen next. Tom has gone--run away to sea, as the boys are
-whispering to each other; but that is not the worst. I knew he meant
-going when he said "Good night" to me last night, and so I risked the
-imposition I might get, and stayed in my room this morning until
-Chandos came rushing in, looking white and scared.
-
-"Is Frank here, Stewart?" he said.
-
-"Frank?--no, I haven't seen him," I said.
-
-"Then he's gone--gone with Haslitt," he said, dropping into a chair.
-"Did you know anything about this, Stewart?" he asked.
-
-"I knew that Tom meant to go some time. I've told you the same."
-
-"But about Frank--what have you heard about him? Tell me instantly,
-Stewart. Think of my poor mother."
-
-"I don't believe your brother has gone with Tom. He isn't such a
-muff as to do that."
-
-"You forget the sea fever that we used to tease him about in the
-holidays."
-
-"Yes, I know we teased him, but nobody could ever think Frank would
-be fit for sea. Tom didn't, I know."
-
-"But he's taken him--they're gone away together, I'm certain."
-
-"Oh, nonsense, Chandos. Look here, now, you mustn't split on Tom, or
-say a word to the governor that I know anything about it; but I've
-talked to Tom lots of times about this, but he never said a word
-about anybody else going with him. He wanted me to go, of course,
-but, failing me, he should have to go alone, he said."
-
-"But where can Frank be? Nobody has seen him this morning, and most
-of his clothes and all his money have gone--I have been to look."
-
-"Well, if I thought--" and then I stopped. "Look here, I can't split
-on Tom unless I am quite sure that young muff has really gone. Don't
-tell what I have said, Chandos; but if they are together, Tom is the
-greatest stupid I ever heard of, for he might be sure I should tell
-all I knew then, and I will too. Fancy that poor little muff Frank
-handling tarred ropes--he'd want to put his gloves on first!" and I
-burst out laughing at the thought of Chandos minor going to sea.
-Chandos Court would do for him nicely, but on board a ship he would
-be in misery.
-
-Chandos left me laughing, but soon came back.
-
-"Stewart, you must go to the governor and tell him all you know about
-this affair. There is no time to be lost, you see, for somebody must
-go after them. A carriage has been ordered, and Swain is to go with
-a policeman; but if they find out before starting which road they
-have probably taken, perhaps it may save hours, perhaps days, of
-delay."
-
-"Well, I know Tom meant to go to Liverpool; he told me so over and
-over again."
-
-"Well, come and tell the Doctor before he sends off the telegram to
-Haslitt's father."
-
-"Is he going to send to your mother too?" I asked.
-
-"Not just yet. I want to spare my mother this anxiety if I can. It
-was for this--to look after Frank a little longer, because he is
-inclined to get into mischief, that I decided to stay here for the
-rest of the year, but it seems I am of little use in preventing the
-mischief. But come now, Stewart, every moment is precious."
-
-So we tore off to the Doctor's study, where he was closeted with a
-policeman.
-
-"If you please, sir, Stewart has come to tell you something about
-Haslitt," said Chandos, pushing me forward.
-
-"I don't know much, sir, only he said he was going to Liverpool. I
-shouldn't have split about it only for little Chandos, and he--"
-
-"When did he tell you this, Stewart? You came to school together, I
-remember."
-
-"Yes, sir, we are old chums, and he had talked about going to
-Liverpool lots of times."
-
-"You meant to go together, then, young gentleman?" said the policeman.
-
-"Yes; I mean to go to sea, but I'll wait till I get my mother's
-consent now. Young Chandos, though, isn't fit for the sea, and he
-mustn't go."
-
-"And you think they have taken the road to Liverpool, young
-gentleman?"
-
-"I am sure they have."
-
-"And how do you think they meant to travel?" asked the policeman
-again.
-
-"Oh, they'd walk, unless Chandos junior had lots of tin, and that
-ain't likely; for Mother Brown makes us shell out for her
-bulls'-eyes."
-
-"Do you know how much money your brother had, Chandos?" asked the
-governor.
-
-"Not much, sir, I should think. He came to borrow some of me
-yesterday, but I only gave him a shilling."
-
-"Then we may conclude they are walking," said the policeman; and a
-few minutes afterwards he and Swain drove away, and we have been
-wondering ever since whether they would catch the runaways."
-
-October 20th.--Nobody heard anything about Tom and Chandos until
-yesterday, for they didn't go to Liverpool after all, and so Swain
-and the policeman had their journey for nothing. Mr. Haslitt got
-here a few hours after the telegram was sent, and asked me all about
-Tom; but he was too impatient to wait until Swain got back at night,
-as everybody expected he would do, but went off to London to set
-people to work at once, in case they were not heard of. It was just
-as well he did, too, for Tom must have changed his mind at the last
-minute, and started for Plymouth instead of Liverpool, for that was
-where he was found--he and Chandos--wandering about the docks asking
-everybody if they wanted a boy to go to sea. Fancy anybody taking
-that poor little muff Chandos! And it seems Tom might have got a
-berth for himself, but he wouldn't go without Chandos, so they were
-both caught, and I'm glad of it--glad at least that they found
-Chandos minor, though I can't help feeling sorry for Tom, for he'll
-have a harder time of it than ever now, I fancy.
-
-[Illustration: "DO YOU WANT A BOY TO GO TO SEA?"]
-
-His father is very angry with him, not only for this last scrape, but
-about pretty well everything that's happened since he's been here;
-for of course it all came out in talking to the governor and the
-boys, and that watch affair he is mad about, and thinks it began all
-the mischief. But I think the beginning of it was when he let
-Chandos into that scrape about the farm-yard--that was the first mean
-thing I ever knew Tom to do; and now if it wasn't actual stealing it
-was next to it, for he put Chandos minor up to taking his brother's
-studs and a locket that was with them. The police found that out; I
-don't know what those London fellows could not find out if they
-tried. Nobody had missed the things until we heard they had been
-found, and then Chandos went to the drawer where he had put them and
-found they were gone, and some money too; but he won't say a word
-about the money, it seems. He is dreadfully upset, I know, although
-he is very quiet about it; but I have come in rather suddenly once or
-twice in the middle of the day, and found him kneeling down, and
-though he has tried to hide it, I know he was crying too. He need
-not be afraid of me now, though, for I'd--well I'd rather kick up a
-row and laugh in church than tell the other fellows of it. I'm in
-the secret a little. I know he feels it awfully about Frank, and I
-suppose it helps him a bit to go and tell God all about it. That's
-just what it is, I know. He prays as though God was as much his
-friend as I am and just as ready to help him as I should be if I
-could; and I know if I'd only got the chance I'd do it.
-
-October 24th.--Frank Chandos is back in his place once more, but Tom
-has gone home with his father. I don't think anybody is likely to
-try running away again in a hurry, for to see Tom and Chandos minor
-when the policeman brought them in was enough to make anybody think
-twice before they tried that game. That poor little muff Chandos
-cried like a girl, but Tom tried to brave it out until he saw his
-father. He gave it up then, and I almost wished for his sake that we
-were all on the alder pond again, for a more miserable look I never
-saw on any face than that on Tom's. His head drooped, and he never
-raised his eyes from the floor again while we were there.
-
-Poor old Tom! if he could only have been brave enough to speak out
-the truth last year about that farm-yard business, all the rest might
-not have followed.
-
-But this fuss about him and Chandos minor has put everything else out
-of my head, and I have forgotten all about the prize and the grind
-too. What a bother prizes are! I'm afraid I shall stand a poor
-chance of getting this one now, for the other fellows who mean to go
-in for it have been working like galley slaves all the time this row
-was going on, but I couldn't, and Chandos seemed to forget everything
-but that little muff, and so I am all behind, I know.
-
-Chandos says I shall be able to make up for lost time now if I only
-work steadily every day, but there's the rub. How can I be sure that
-I can work steadily for more than a month? Fancy grinding without a
-lazy spell for a whole month! I'm sure I couldn't do it, and so I
-may as well give up at once. I think I will, for what is the use of
-trying now? It will be so much grind thrown away. And we are having
-such splendid weather now, that won't last much longer, that it seems
-a pity to be boring over a book a single minute longer than I am
-obliged. I shall tell Chandos to-morrow that I mean to give up the
-whole thing, for I can't do it.
-
-November 1st.--I am grinding still, for Chandos won't hear of my
-giving up. He says the things I learn--the grind--will be more
-useful than the prize by-and-by; and then he reminded me of my
-mother, and how very pleased she would be if I gained this prize. I
-know that, and I should like to please her for once, independent of
-the sea scheme. This is the prize to me, for I don't care much about
-the watch for itself; it will remind me too much of poor Tom and his
-watch. As to the grind, what do I care about Julius Cæsar and
-Hannibal and Rome and Carthage? If it was about Nelson and Howe, and
-Abercrombie and Cook, and a few more like them, I'd grind away, never
-fear. Why can't they let us know what the questions are going to
-be--a few of them at least? and then we might manage; but to be
-expected to know all about everything, and the fellows that lived
-hundreds of years ago, is rather too stiff, and if it wasn't for
-Chandos I should give it up, I know, much as I want to please my
-mother.
-
-November 7th.--I've had a letter from Tom. Fancy Tom writing a
-letter! He says everything is just as miserable at home as it was
-here, and he has to do no end of grind shut up in his father's room.
-He saw my mother last week, and his father told her she need not be
-afraid I should run away to sea now, for I had learned a few things
-at school I was not likely to forget in a hurry. Well, that's true
-enough; but I don't think Tom's father knows what it is I have
-learned that prevented me going with Tom, and I am not sure myself
-that I have learned all the secret that makes such a difference
-between Chandos and two or three others and the rest of us at school,
-that makes everybody take their word for anything, and be sure they
-would not do a mean, sneakish trick. I feel as though I was stopping
-just outside this secret, for God is not my friend--at least I cannot
-feel that He is, as Chandos does. Sometimes I wish I could, for I
-know this is more to him a great deal than being Sir Eustace Chandos;
-but somehow I don't seem able to get hold of it, although I do
-believe it's true--all that Chandos says about God being his friend.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX.
-
-CONCLUSION.
-
-November 14th.--I'm in for it again. It isn't much this time--only a
-trick we played off on Mother Brown. The mean old hunks! to say she
-never gave credit, when she's cleaned us all out with her nasty
-bulls'-eyes. I'll never eat another, that I won't. The governor has
-heard of this lark, and my share in it, I suppose, for I'm ordered to
-go to his study at nine o'clock to-morrow morning. Well, I don't
-care what the punishment is, so long as Mother Brown don't hear of
-it; but she would glory in that, I know, for I've led her a nice life
-lately.
-
-November 17th.--I wish I could hang Mother Brown, and choke her with
-her own precious bulls'-eyes. A nice imposition I've had through
-her! This fresh hindrance would have taken away my last chance of
-the prize; but now--well, I did not go looking for the prize
-questions, but when they were there right before my eyes, and nobody
-else in the room, how could I help seeing them? I don't see that
-it's much of a cheat either, for of course I shall answer them all by
-myself, and if it helps me to know where to read up--well, I've had a
-good many hindrances, so that it's about fair after all.
-
-November 20th.--I'm getting along famously with my grind, I think,
-although I almost wish I could forget those questions sometimes. But
-I can't, and without meaning it I turn over the leaves of the book
-that will answer some of them. Yesterday Chandos came and looked
-over my shoulder, and when he saw where I was reading he said,
-"Halloa, Stewart, I thought you said you shouldn't look at that?"
-
-"Did I?" I stammered, and I shut the book.
-
-"Don't shut it up; I don't want to hinder you. I'm glad you're going
-in for it so thoroughly," he said.
-
-"Oh, don't bother!" I said, crossly; for somehow I can't think of
-these questions and Chandos at the same time, and I shall tell him
-not to interfere if he comes poking round again.
-
-November 21st.--We have just heard that our examination is to take
-place the second of next month--about ten days hence. I wish it was
-over, or that I had never made up my mind to go in for it. I hate
-the very name of prizes, and if I get it I'll shy the watch down the
-first well I see. What a fuss Chandos is making too! He says I am
-so cross and touchy he cannot understand me. I suppose not, for I
-cannot understand myself just now. I know one thing, though; I hate
-Mother Brown and her bulls'-eyes, for if it hadn't been for her I
-couldn't have seen these questions, but now I have seen them I can't
-forget them. I've tried--I've turned to another part of the book,
-and tried to read and learn all about that, but although I began to
-feel some interest in that before, I couldn't now, and I was soon
-turning the leaves again. I wish I had given it up when Tom went
-away. I'd do it now if it wasn't for Chandos, but I should not like
-him to know anything about this, and so I suppose I must go on. I
-can do one thing, though; I can answer the questions so badly that I
-shall lose the prize, and that is how I must manage, though it's
-rather hard after doing such lots of grind for it.
-
-November 25th.--I've just had a letter from mamma. I wish it had not
-come yet, for it makes me wish to get this prize more than ever. I
-feel as though I must get it, must have it now, and yet I have not
-touched a book the last two days. Chandos is puzzled and concerned,
-I can see, and I hardly know how to avoid him, and yet I try to do so
-all I can. Oh, why did the governor leave those questions about? It
-was dreadfully careless of him. If he had only locked them up in his
-desk when he went to breakfast, as he ought to have done, I couldn't
-have seen them, and I shouldn't be in this trouble now. I wonder
-whether Tom's prize essay worried him as much! If I could only get
-out of it without letting anybody know of that sneaking trick of
-peeping I'd do it; but how could I tell them I was every bit as mean
-as Tom, when I raved so about him last year? Everybody would
-remember that, and throw it up in my teeth, and they would say I had
-learned it of Chandos too, and I couldn't bear that. It's precious
-hard, but I shall have to go on. I must and I will get this prize,
-if I can, though I shall hate the sight of it, and hate myself too.
-
-December 3rd.--It's over. I could answer every question, of course;
-but--but, oh! how I wish I had been ill, or something had happened to
-prevent my going in for it at the last minute. I don't want this
-prize now, and if I don't get it I shall be almost as thankful as I
-was when Frank Chandos began to get well. I wish I could feel that
-God was my friend, and would help me out of this scrape, but I can't
-ask Him. I've felt afraid somehow to kneel down since I turned sneak
-yes, I am a sneak, a mean, miserable sneak, and I hate myself more
-than I hated Tom, and I said hard things enough about him; but I
-never thought then I should ever come to do the same myself.
-
-December 4th.--I had dropped my pen and was actually crying
-yesterday, when Chandos came in and caught me.
-
-"What is the matter, Stewart? Are you ill, old fellow?" he asked,
-and he put his arm round me, so that there was no getting away from
-him.
-
-"Don't, Chandos," I said, "I can't bear it! I'm a miserable, mean
-sneak, and if you were to kick me out of the room I should feel
-better, for that's what I deserve. Mind, I never meant to be a
-sneak, and I didn't think I ever should do such a mean trick, but now
-you do know it you'd better turn me up as I did Tom."
-
-"Well, I don't know what you've done yet, we'll talk about that
-afterwards; but just tell me this, would you do the same thing again
-if you had the chance?"
-
-"Do it again? I tell you I hate myself for it; but the worst of it
-is, it won't undo it now it's done. I never thought I could be so
-mean, Chandos."
-
-"I suppose not; but bad as it is, you need not give up all hope. God
-knew how mean you could be, and yet He will be your friend if you
-would let Him. Is it about the prize, Stewart?"
-
-"Oh yes; I do hope I shan't get it," I groaned.
-
-"Well, you shall tell me all about it by-and-by if you like, but now
-just let me say a word. You never felt before that you were a
-sinner--that you could do anything bad?"
-
-"I've been trying to keep straight and do everything on the square,
-but I may as well give up now, for I see I can't do it."
-
-"No, no, you won't give up, Charley. I'm going to call you Charley
-now, because I hope we shall be better friends than ever after this.
-I was just as miserable once as you are now. I had told a lie, and I
-felt I could never be forgiven; but my mother talked to me, and I'll
-tell you as well as I can remember what she said:
-
-"'You've been very proud, my boy, and thought you could get on very
-well without any help but your own determination to do right.'"
-
-"Well, what more do we want?" I said.
-
-"Has it been enough, Stewart? Hasn't this been a miserable failure?
-and are you not complaining now that you are more wicked than you
-thought possible?"
-
-"Well, yes, that's true enough," I confessed.
-
-"Now let me tell you, Stewart, what mother told me. God knew you
-would fail. He knew when He put Adam into the garden of Eden that he
-wouldn't keep straight long; but He gave him a fair chance, and He
-loved him so much that He provided a remedy at once for the sins he
-and all men would commit. The Lord Jesus Christ agreed then to bear
-the sins of the whole world--yours and mine among them, Stewart--and
-this is what is meant by forgiveness of sins. You never felt you
-needed forgiveness before for you never felt the burden of sin."
-
-"But look here, Chandos, I don't see how God is going to forgive me,
-because, you see, I knew better."
-
-"Of course you did. But have you never read in your Bible, 'The
-blood of Jesus Christ cleanseth us from all sin.' 'If we say that we
-have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us'? but
-God is showing you the truth now--that you need pardon and
-forgiveness, and He is willing to give you these; pardon for the sins
-already committed, to wash them all away in the blood of His dear
-Son, who gave His life for you; and not only pardon, but grace and
-strength for the future to enable you to resist the temptation to do
-wrong at any future time."
-
-"Look here, if God would help me like that, I shall feel so glad," I
-said; "it's no good for me to say I'll always keep on the square any
-more after this mean trick, for I may do another, as Tom did. He
-didn't stop at the first, and I'm afraid I shan't if God don't help
-me. Oh, Chandos, I do want Him to help me out of this scrape, and
-keep me from doing anything like this again."
-
-"Well, Charley, suppose we kneel down now and ask God for this, and
-then you shall tell me all about it if you like."
-
-"I think I had better tell you first," I said, "and then you can tell
-God for me. I'll try and do it myself by-and-by, but I can't just at
-once. I'm not good enough to kneel down at all."
-
-Then I told Chandos about the questions, and we kneeled down
-together, and he asked God to forgive me and help me to do what was
-right.
-
-"If God will only let me lose this prize now I shan't care," I said,
-when we got up.
-
-"But--but I don't think we ought to wait for that," said Chandos.
-
-"What can I do?" I said.
-
-"Suppose you get it--and you may, you know," said Chandos; "you would
-be obliged to do something then."
-
-"Oh, I can't bear to think of that. Won't God help me by giving it
-to another fellow?
-
-"God will never help us to be cowards; He will help you to do the
-brave and right thing, which is to go to Dr. Mellor at once, tell him
-all about it, and ask him to destroy your papers."
-
-"Tell the governor I'm a mean sneak! I couldn't do it, Chandos."
-
-"Then God cannot help you in any other way, nor I either. I tell you
-He helps people to be brave and do the right; but don't expect He is
-going to screen you from the consequences of sin, because He cannot
-and will not; and to expect it would be like sawing your finger with
-a sharp knife and not expecting to cut it. I will not attempt to
-persuade you, Charley; but if you are sincere in asking God's pardon
-now, and His help for the future, you will not hesitate about this
-long."
-
-"But it is so hard to do this, Chandos."
-
-"Yes, and God knows exactly how hard it is better than I do; but as
-soon as He sees you are willing to bear this, and do the right, He
-will give you the strength and courage necessary."
-
-When I lifted my head from my arms I found that Chandos was gone. I
-sat for nearly an hour thinking over what he had been saying--dear
-old Chandos! who is so good himself, and yet not half so proud as I
-was about poor Tom. I wonder whether God will help me as he says. I
-don't deserve it one bit, any more than I deserve that the Lord Jesus
-should forgive me.
-
-December 5th.--I am sure God has begun to help me. I went and made a
-clean breast of it to the governor this morning, and he has promised
-to burn my papers, and keep the whole thing a secret from the rest.
-It was pretty hard to begin telling him, but when once I had begun I
-did not feel a bit afraid, and I must say he behaved splendidly. He
-didn't blow me up or order me an imposition for prying round his
-table, but he said, quite kindly,
-
-"I am very sorry for you, Stewart. I wish you had come to me before,
-or told me you had seen these questions, and I might have saved you a
-great deal of unhappiness--for I am sure you have been unhappy--and
-not deprived you of all chance of getting the prize. Try and
-remember this for the future--I am your friend as well as your
-schoolmaster, and if there is any difficulty in which I can help you
-I hope you will trust me as a friend. I am glad to see you and
-Chandos get on so well together;" and then he actually shook hands
-with me as I was going out of the door.
-
-I told Chandos all about it afterwards and he said, "You know now how
-God helps those who trust in Him; I hope you will never forget it
-again."
-
-I don't think I ever shall. I don't feel afraid to kneel down and
-ask His help now, and I know I need it, for who can tell what I might
-do next after this mean trick?
-
-December 7th.--I have written and told mamma how I have lost the
-prize. I thought I had better do this, for she had made so sure I
-should get it if I really tried that I did not like to go home
-without telling her first. Poor mamma! I am sorry, for she is
-dreadfully disappointed, I know, and I am afraid she will not let me
-go to sea either. I wonder whether I shall be able to give up this
-wish entirely, as Chandos did his? I am afraid not, for often in my
-dreams I seem to be on the sea, and how can I ever forget it? But I
-must try to settle down, I suppose. God will help me in this, I
-know, as He did to go to the governor, only it makes me feel
-dreadfully old to think of it.
-
-December 9th.--Everybody is busy packing and getting ready to go
-home, but my packing must wait until I write up my log once more. I
-mean to tie it up and put it away until I go to sea, for I am really
-going after all. The news came yesterday; my mother wrote to say
-that, as I had had the moral courage to confess having done wrong,
-half her fear about my going to sea was taken away, for she felt sure
-I was less likely to do wrong now I had felt so much unhappiness
-about it than I was before. Dear mamma! she is mistaken here, but I
-wonder whether I shall ever be able to tell her that God alone can
-keep me from the evil she fears?
-
-I could not think much about this yesterday. It was enough for me
-that I was going to sea, and when I had read that much of the letter,
-so as to understand it, I tore round the playground, holding up the
-letter and shouting, "Hurrah! I'm going to sea--I'm going to sea!"
-Some of the fellows pretended to think I was mad when I rushed at
-Chandos and hugged him, and shouted, "It's all your doing, old
-fellow. I'm going to sea! I'm going to sea!"
-
-"Let him alone; let him blow off steam," laughed Chandos when some of
-the fellows tried to stop me, and I went round the playground again
-like a steam-engine. Everybody in the house knew it five minutes
-after the letter came. Luckily lessons were over for the day, or
-there would have been an imposition for me, but as it was nobody
-interfered.
-
-To-day I can think more about it, and finish my log, for I shan't
-come here after Christmas, and if I write another I shall get a new
-book. But I mean to keep this, for I shall like to read it
-by-and-by; and if ever I am likely to forget how God has been my
-friend, and how I learned to know it, or if ever I get into a scrape
-and am unhappy again, I shall read what Chandos said to me a day or
-two ago, that I may never forget: "The blood of Jesus Christ
-cleanseth us from all sin." We only meant to laugh over it, Tom and
-I, but now I think I shall remember some wise and good words when I
-read up "Charley's Log."
-
-
-[Illustration: Sailing ship]
-
-
-LONDON: R. K. BURT AND CO., WINE OFFICE COURT.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Charley's Log, by Emma Leslie
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHARLEY'S LOG ***
-
-***** This file should be named 61457-8.txt or 61457-8.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/1/4/5/61457/
-
-Produced by Al Haines
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
diff --git a/old/61457-8.zip b/old/61457-8.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 9912b57..0000000
--- a/old/61457-8.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61457-h.zip b/old/61457-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index d692067..0000000
--- a/old/61457-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61457-h/61457-h.htm b/old/61457-h/61457-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index e967807..0000000
--- a/old/61457-h/61457-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5660 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
-
-<head>
-
-<link rel="coverpage" href="images/img-cover.jpg" />
-
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" />
-
-<title>
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of Charley's Log, by Anonymous
-</title>
-
-<style type="text/css">
-body { color: black;
- background: white;
- margin-right: 10%;
- margin-left: 10%;
- font-family: "Times New Roman", serif;
- text-align: justify }
-
-p {text-indent: 4% }
-
-p.noindent {text-indent: 0% }
-
-p.t1 {text-indent: 0% ;
- font-size: 200%;
- text-align: center }
-
-p.t2 {text-indent: 0% ;
- font-size: 150%;
- text-align: center }
-
-p.t2b {text-indent: 0% ;
- font-size: 150%;
- font-weight: bold;
- text-align: center }
-
-p.t3 {text-indent: 0% ;
- font-size: 100%;
- text-align: center }
-
-p.t3b {text-indent: 0% ;
- font-size: 100%;
- font-weight: bold;
- text-align: center }
-
-p.t4 {text-indent: 0% ;
- font-size: 80%;
- text-align: center }
-
-p.t4b {text-indent: 0% ;
- font-size: 80%;
- font-weight: bold;
- text-align: center }
-
-p.t5 {text-indent: 0% ;
- font-size: 60%;
- text-align: center }
-
-h1 { text-align: center }
-h2 { text-align: center }
-h3 { text-align: center }
-h4 { text-align: center }
-h5 { text-align: center }
-
-p.poem {text-indent: 0%;
- margin-left: 10%; }
-
-p.thought {text-indent: 0% ;
- letter-spacing: 4em ;
- text-align: center }
-
-p.letter {text-indent: 0%;
- margin-left: 10% ;
- margin-right: 10% }
-
-p.footnote {text-indent: 0% ;
- font-size: 80%;
- margin-left: 10% ;
- margin-right: 10% }
-
-.smcap { font-variant: small-caps }
-
-p.transnote {text-indent: 0% ;
- margin-left: 10% ;
- margin-right: 10% }
-
-p.intro {font-size: 90% ;
- text-indent: -5% ;
- margin-left: 5% ;
- margin-right: 0% }
-
-p.quote {text-indent: 4% ;
- margin-left: 0% ;
- margin-right: 0% }
-
-p.finis { font-size: larger ;
- text-align: center ;
- text-indent: 0% ;
- margin-left: 0% ;
- margin-right: 0% }
-
-p.capcenter { margin-left: 0;
- margin-right: 0 ;
- margin-bottom: .5% ;
- margin-top: 0;
- font-weight: bold;
- float: none ;
- clear: both ;
- text-indent: 0%;
- text-align: center }
-
-img.imgcenter { margin-left: auto;
- margin-bottom: 0;
- margin-top: 1%;
- margin-right: auto; }
-
-</style>
-
-</head>
-
-<body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Charley's Log, by Emma Leslie
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Charley's Log
- A Story of Schoolboy Life
-
-Author: Emma Leslie
-
-Release Date: February 20, 2020 [EBook #61457]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHARLEY'S LOG ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Al Haines
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-
-<p><br /></p>
-
-<p class="capcenter">
-<a id="img-cover"></a>
-<img class="imgcenter" src="images/img-cover.jpg" alt="Cover art" />
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p class="capcenter">
-<a id="img-front"></a>
-<img class="imgcenter" src="images/img-front.jpg" alt="WRITING UP THE LOG." />
-<br />
-WRITING UP THE LOG. <i><a href="#p8">Page 8.</a></i>.
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p class="capcenter">
-<a id="img-title"></a>
-<img class="imgcenter" src="images/img-title.jpg" alt="Title page" />
-</p>
-
-<h1>
-<br /><br />
- CHARLEY'S LOG.<br />
-</h1>
-
-<p class="t3b">
- A Story of Schoolboy Life.<br />
-</p>
-
-<p><br /></p>
-
-<p class="t3">
- <i>By the Author of</i><br />
- "Soldier Fritz, and the Enemies he Fought;"<br />
- "Glaucia, the Greek Slave," etc.<br />
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p class="t3">
- LONDON:<br />
- THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY,<br />
- 56, Paternoster Row; 65, St. Paul's Churchyard;<br />
- and 164, Piccadilly.<br />
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p class="capcenter">
-<a id="img-contents"></a>
-<img class="imgcenter" src="images/img-contents.jpg" alt="Contents headpiece" />
-</p>
-
-<p><br /></p>
-
-<p class="t3b">
-CONTENTS.
-</p>
-
-<p class="noindent">
-CHAP.
-</p>
-
-<p class="noindent">
-I. <a href="#chap01">The Two Friends</a>
-</p>
-
-<p class="noindent">
-II. <a href="#chap02">Disenchantment</a>
-</p>
-
-<p class="noindent">
-III. <a href="#chap03">The Skating Party</a>
-</p>
-
-<p class="noindent">
-IV. <a href="#chap04">The Accident</a>
-</p>
-
-<p class="noindent">
-V. <a href="#chap05">Cribs</a>
-</p>
-
-<p class="noindent">
-VI. <a href="#chap06">Was it Robbery?</a>
-</p>
-
-<p class="noindent">
-VII. <a href="#chap07">A Surprise</a>
-</p>
-
-<p class="noindent">
-VIII. <a href="#chap08">Running Away to Sea</a>
-</p>
-
-<p class="noindent">
-IX. <a href="#chap09">Conclusion</a>
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p><a id="chap01"></a></p>
-
-<p class="capcenter">
-<a id="img-007"></a>
-<img class="imgcenter" src="images/img-007.jpg" alt="Chapter I headpiece" />
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /></p>
-
-<h3>
-CHAPTER I.
-</h3>
-
-<h3>
-THE TWO FRIENDS.
-</h3>
-
-<p>
-October 4th.&mdash;I am going to keep a log.
-I shall have to do it by-and-by when
-I am Captain Charles Stewart, and so,
-as I have been sent to school to prepare for
-my work in the world by-and-by, this will
-be helping in the preparation. Mamma
-often talks about my work in the world, but
-I am almost sure there is no sea in the world
-she is thinking about, while to me&mdash;well, the
-sea is all the world to me. But mamma
-wants me to forget it, and all Uncle Alfred's
-wonderful stories about it, and that is why
-I have been sent here to school; but Tom
-Haslitt is with me, and is not likely to let
-me forget uncle and his sea yarns. Tom is
-to be my lieutenant by-and-by, and as he
-will have to help with the ship's log then, he
-is to take a turn with this.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-It was kind of mamma to arrange for
-Tom and I to have this little bedroom&mdash;cabin,
-I mean&mdash;all to ourselves; but I am afraid she
-would not be pleased to see how we have
-rigged it up, considering that she wants me
-to mount Uncle Charles's office stool by-and-by.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I hope that tarred yarn Tom has stowed
-away under the bed don't smell too strong.
-The compasses and charts and bits of boats
-we've got hanging about are pretty
-ornaments, and by-and-by, when we get our
-ship finished, our little cock-loft will be
-furnished.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I can't say much about the fellows here at
-present, but they look a very quiet lot, and
-one with fair hair certainly ought to have it
-put in curl-papers every night. I shan't have
-much to say to him, I know; give him a
-wide berth, and stick close to Tom. If we
-could only have gone somewhere else, some
-school where they train sailors, I might learn
-something, but it will do me no good to come
-here, I'm sure, and I've told mamma so.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-<a id="p8"></a>
-October 6th.&mdash;The captain says I must
-help with the log. I'd rather heave up a
-couple of hammocks here and bundle these
-bedsteads out of the window, but I suppose
-we may look out for squalls if we do too
-much in the nautical line, for Charley has
-got into a scrape already. What they want
-to keep housemaids for at a boys' school I
-can't think, unless it is that they may go
-poking about where they are not wanted.
-I'm sure that rope yarn did not smell much,
-but she found it out, that housemaid did;
-and when Charley tried to get it back there
-was a row.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-The fellows here are not so bad, when you
-come to know them, but I don't think I shall
-ever like the governor&mdash;the Doctor, as
-everybody calls him&mdash;or the under masters either;
-although I think we shall be able to do very
-much as we like here, as we have done at
-home; at least, Charley and I mean to have
-our own way in most things, if we possibly
-can.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-October 10th.&mdash;What a place this is for
-rows! Everybody looks as mild as turnips,
-from the governor down to the housemaid
-that took our yarn. But looks are deceitful, I
-suppose; at least, Tom and I won't have such
-a pleasant, easy time as we expected. If
-things get much worse I shall write and ask
-mamma to fetch me home; I'm sure she
-wouldn't let me stop if I didn't like it,
-for I have always had my own way about
-everything but this sea scheme, and, like all
-mothers, she's afraid of the sea, of course&mdash;thinks
-it a monster that will certainly swallow
-me up.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I don't know what to make of the
-governor. Yesterday he called me into his
-room, and gave me a private lecture about
-duty and conscience, and a lot more about
-my lessons never being properly learned,
-and about school being a little world where
-character was tested, and made stronger and
-nobler or worse, according as we used our
-opportunities or yielded to our temptations.
-I told Tom all about it afterwards, and we
-laughed over it together; but I cannot forget
-it, or the grave, earnest way in which the
-governor spoke&mdash;exactly as though he knew
-that Tom and I had made up our minds not
-to learn more than we were obliged.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-October 14th.&mdash;Tom hates keeping the log,
-but I tell him he will have to do it by-and-by,
-and so he ought to get his hand in now;
-but he says we've come to school to have a
-good time and as much fun as we can. Well,
-so we have, I suppose; at least, that was all
-I thought about it until lately; but,
-somehow, mamma's talk about preparing for our
-life-work, and the governor's talk about it
-being a test and trial of character, have
-got mixed up in my mind, and it has made
-me remember that mamma is not rich, and
-that I am her only child, and I shall have to
-work by-and-by. I mean to work and take
-care of her, buy a carriage for her to ride
-in, and everything she wants when I am a
-captain and have made my fortune. But I am
-afraid I shall have to begin by running away
-to sea. I've quite made up my mind to do
-it, for mamma is more than a little
-unreasonable about this, she won't even let me
-talk about it to her. But there, I won't
-grumble; she's a dear mother, and reasonable
-enough in everything else, and has always
-let me have my own way about most things.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Tom has got himself into another scrape,
-and the governor has threatened to separate
-us&mdash;send Tom to another room and put
-another fellow in here. I should write home
-to the mater at once if he did that, for it would
-upset everything, and the place would be
-unbearable. Some of the fellows grumbled,
-too, yesterday, that we were always in the
-shed they call the workshop instead of in the
-playground. What is it to them if we like
-to make boats instead of throwing a ball
-about? We can do as we like in the playground,
-I suppose. I hate cricket, that they
-make such a fuss about here; and if they
-drag me into playing it they'll soon find
-I'm no good, and wish me out again.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-October 20th.&mdash;This is the last chance I
-shall get of writing in Charley's log, I expect,
-for I am to be turned out of his cabin, and
-Miss Chandos is to take my place. I mean
-to call him "Miss" in the playground now as
-well as between ourselves, for I hate the
-thought of his taking my place here. I
-wonder how Charley will like the young
-lady. Miss Chandos don't seem to like the
-prospect much more than I do, but we dare
-not rebel.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Charley is packing up my traps while
-I do the log, grumbling all the time, and
-threatening to serve out Miss Chandos. The
-young lady will not have it all her own way,
-I can tell her. There will be lively times
-with her and Charley. I wish I could stay
-and see the fun, but I shall hear all about it
-to-morrow, and Charley has promised to put
-it all down in the log. He says it will be
-good fun to read this log over to ourselves
-by-and-by. We mean to keep it to read on
-board our ship of an evening, and many a
-good laugh we shall have over it, I dare say.
-I wonder whether we shall ever laugh at this
-turn out. I don't think I ever shall, for
-Charley and I have always been chums ever
-since I can remember, so that it seems
-like&mdash;like something dreadful to have him turned
-over to Miss Chandos.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-October 22nd.&mdash;No more of dear old Tom's
-sprawling writing in our log, for I wouldn't
-take it down into the schoolroom for the other
-fellows to see; no, not for anything. Yes,
-poor Tom's gone, and Miss Chandos has
-arrived. I soon let her know what sort of
-a welcome she was likely to have from me.
-Tom's traps had hardly been bundled out
-before the housemaid came with her hands
-full, and white-faced Miss Chandos behind
-her.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Is this your lady's maid, Miss Chandos?"
-I asked. "Does she curl your hair and powder
-your face?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-His face was scarlet enough then, but he
-only said, "Thank you, Ann; if you will put
-down those things I will put them into their
-places."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, Ann," I said, with a sniff; "you had
-better come back, Ann, and bring the
-curl-papers. Or do you use curling-irons?" I
-asked.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Ann looked indignant, and Chandos too,
-but neither said a word, and she went out of
-the room.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-When we were left to ourselves, and
-Chandos had put away some of his things,
-he suddenly turned round and said, "I hope
-we shall be friends, Stewart."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I hardly knew what to say for a minute,
-for I felt surprised and half ashamed of
-myself; but, thinking of Tom, and what he
-expected to hear, I made a mock bow, and
-replied, "Gentlemen must always be friends
-with a young lady. Tom and I will be
-delighted, Miss Chandos;" and then I stopped,
-for such a look came into his fair girl-face as
-never was seen in a girl's face before, I fancy.
-There was no more said, and I went downstairs
-feeling somehow as though I had not
-got the best of it after all, and that I might
-even be mistaken in thinking Miss Chandos
-such a coward. But after a little time spent
-in the playground with Tom I forgot Miss
-Chandos and her looks, until Tom reminded
-me of it, and I promised to let him know
-everything that happened.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Of course something was bound to happen
-then. How could I meet Tom in the morning
-and tell him the young lady had slept in
-peace, and everything had passed off
-comfortably? But what could I do? Tom and I
-generally had some fun throwing our clothes
-at each other, or shooting paper pellets from
-under the bedclothes after we had scrambled
-into bed, until Swain came and took the light
-away, and then we ducked our heads down
-and went to sleep. But there was no telling
-whether Miss Chandos would tumble into
-bed as quickly as we did. I certainly was
-not surprised to see her sit down and take up
-a book that lay on the drawers and begin to
-read. I let her read in peace for about five
-minutes, and then snatched it away and flung
-it across the room. I really did not see that
-it was a Bible until it was out of my hand;
-but I did not mean to let Chandos know that,
-or that I felt sorry for throwing it.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Don't do that again, Stewart," he said, as
-he went to pick it up; and I burst out laughing
-to hide my vexation, and asked when Ann
-was coming to do his hair.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-He took no notice of my question, and I
-tumbled into bed, wondering what Chandos
-would do next. I had my pea-shooter and a
-good supply of pellets ready for whatever
-happened; but I certainly expected to see
-him follow my example and tumble into bed.
-But instead of doing this he kneeled down at
-the side of the bed as though I had not been
-there, which rather startled me, for I thought
-he would and ought to be afraid to attempt it
-after what I had already done. I waited a
-minute or two, and then, taking a good aim,
-hit him right in the back of the neck. It
-made him start, I could see, and I laughed,
-though I expected he would jump up and
-give me a good pommelling the next minute,
-for it was clear he was no coward, as I had
-thought at first, and he would never have a
-better chance of pitching in, if he meant to
-fight it out. But no, she kept on, and so did
-I&mdash;pop, pop, pop at his head and the back of
-his neck, until it tingled again, I know. But
-she wouldn't complain; wanted to make
-believe she hadn't felt it, and said "Good
-night," as though I was the most civil and
-obliging companion in the world. It was
-plucky, anyhow, and I like pluck; but we
-shall see who gives in first, Miss Chandos;
-it will take a good deal to make me tire of
-pea-shooting, I can tell you, and it will be
-good practice too.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-October 24th.&mdash;How Tom and I have
-laughed over that plucky Miss Chandos! I
-am not sure that the fellow deserves to be
-called "Miss" either, for he is plucky right
-through, I know&mdash;the sort of fellow that
-would walk up to a cannon's mouth without
-flinching if he was a soldier and it was his
-duty. What a splendid sailor he would
-make! I could fancy him steering his ship
-right under the enemy's guns if it was
-necessary, but never yielding an inch or
-knowing when he was beaten. He's beaten
-me at pea-shooting, and made me feel
-ashamed of myself. I wonder what Miss
-Chandos is going to be&mdash;a parson, I should
-think; and he means to do his life-work
-thoroughly, and is beginning now, as I am in
-keeping this log.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-It seems queer that we shall all be men
-very soon&mdash;some sailors, some soldiers, some
-lawyers, and some tied to a merchant's desk,
-which is mother's highest ambition for me.
-She talks grandly sometimes about merchant
-princes, and how uncle will give me a share
-in his business; but I always try to get out
-of the way, for I mean to run away to sea
-when the time comes, and I hate to be a
-hypocrite.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-October 30th.&mdash;Another row. I knew it
-would come if they turned us out of our
-workshop; but the best of the fun is, they
-don't know who has been up to this mischief,
-though Tom and I are both suspected, I
-believe. For a wonder, though, I had no hand
-in this, I only wish I had. Tom managed
-cleverly, too, to turn all the farm-yard out as
-he did&mdash;pigs and cows, ducks and hens; and
-didn't they enjoy their hour's feast in the
-garden! I fancy I see the governor now as
-he came rushing out in time to see the last of
-his dahlias disappear, and then the whooping
-and helter-skelter charge of the servants, with
-the governor at the head of the fray. This
-will be something to laugh over many a night
-when the wind is blowing great guns, and we
-are pitching and tossing so that it is impossible
-to read or write up the ship's log, which
-we shall have to keep then. The picture of
-to-day's fun will rise up before us long after
-everybody else has forgotten it. Plucky
-Tom! I wish I had had a share of the fun
-in setting the animals at liberty. I don't dare
-ask how he did it all yet, for the fuss is at its
-height, and everybody is being questioned.
-Of course, suspicions go for nothing, and
-nobody really saw who did it, and so Tom is
-not likely to be found out unless he splits
-himself, which is not very probable, unless
-somebody else is charged with it, and then
-of course he would make a clean breast of it.
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p><a id="chap02"></a></p>
-
-<h3>
-CHAPTER II.
-<br />
-DISENCHANTMENT.
-</h3>
-
-<p>
-November 1st.&mdash;Chandos has got
-himself into a scrape, and nobody seems
-to know what it is about. I have
-asked several of the fellows, but they only
-shake their heads and tell me I know more
-about it than they do. I am sure I do not;
-but as Chandos shares my room they think I
-must be in his secrets, I suppose. I cannot
-help wondering what it is&mdash;something that
-has got the governor's back up awfully, I can
-see. Chandos has been locked up all day in
-the punishment-room, and nobody seems to
-know whether he will be let out to-night. I
-wish I was sure he was not coming, and I
-would try to get Tom in here, and we'd have
-some fun for once. I wonder what the young
-lady has been up to.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-November 14th.&mdash;I have not written up my
-log for a fortnight, and now I have only a
-miserable tale to tell. At first I thought I'd
-give up the log, as Tom will never be my
-lieutenant now to laugh over it; but I'll keep
-on with it a bit longer. I thought we should
-often laugh over Tom's setting the farm-yard
-at liberty as he did, but somehow it seems to
-have been a dreadful trouble to everybody;
-but no one can feel just as I do about it, for it
-has taken my old chum away from me, and
-we can never be again what we have been.
-What did they want to make such a fuss
-about it for, and punish Miss Chandos? The
-governor must have been as blind as a mole
-to think Chandos had anything to do with it.
-It was ever so long before I found out the
-tops and bottoms of the business; but at last
-I found one of the juniors could tell something,
-and I got him by himself and threatened
-to break every bone in his skin if he didn't
-shell out all he knew, and then it came out
-that he had seen Chandos close to the farm-yard
-just before the animals were turned out,
-and the miserable little muff had gone with that
-tale to the governor as soon as the row began.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But you know it wasn't Chandos," I said,
-thinking he must have seen Tom too.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Wasn't it?" said the youngster.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I gave him a shake, and ran off to Chandos,
-who was just going into the cricket-field.
-"What's this row about you and the farm-yard,
-Miss Chandos?" I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-He seems to be getting used to his name,
-and only said, "Oh, it's all right now, Stewart."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Do you know who did turn the things
-out?" I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Do you?" he asked.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I nodded. "It wasn't you, and I didn't
-think you knew anything about it.
-Suspicions go for nothing, you know."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, let this pass. It's over now, and
-let's drop it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But you've been punished for what you
-had no hand in. Did the governor think you
-did it?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I don't think he believed I actually did it
-myself; but he said I was worse than those
-who did it if I was screening them, for I was
-encouraging insubordination in the school.
-Do you know who was suspected, Stewart?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Me!"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes; I cleared you at once, but I couldn't
-say any more, and that vexed Dr. Mellor."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, the Doctor be hanged! Why didn't
-you go to Tom and tell him the fix you was
-in? I suppose you knew he did it?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I couldn't help knowing it where I was,
-and I did contrive to say a word to him about
-going to the Doctor, but&mdash;"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You told Tom you were to be punished
-for his fault, and he wouldn't make a clean
-breast of it to the governor!" I said, angrily.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"There, I told you it was better to let it
-pass, Stewart; you could do no good now,"
-said Chandos, walking away.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-But a sudden thought had seized me, and
-I placed myself in his path. "But you shall
-give me a plain answer to my question," I
-said; "not that I will believe it of Tom. It
-is you that are the sneak; you look one, with
-your white face and quiet ways, and I know
-you are only trying to set me against my old
-chum!" I was almost mad with rage, and
-longed to knock Chandos down; and for a
-minute he looked as though he would fight it
-out, but the next he had pushed me aside,
-and was striding on to take his place as
-long-stop in the game that was just beginning. I
-looked after him for a minute, thinking I
-would go and have it out, when I suddenly
-thought of going to Tom, and turned back to
-the workshop, where Tom was busy hacking
-at some wood for a rudder. "I say, old
-fellow, did Chandos tell you he was taking
-your punishment for the farm-yard scrape?"
-I asked.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, never mind Chandos; come and rub
-down this mast," said Tom, turning away.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Then&mdash;he&mdash;did&mdash;tell&mdash;you!" I said,
-slowly.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Didn't you know Chandos was a sneak
-before to-day?" said Tom, sharply.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But&mdash;but tell me all about it, Tom," I
-said, rubbing my eyes, and feeling as though
-I must be dreaming.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, there ain't much to tell&mdash;nothing to
-make such a fuss about. The fellow came to
-me, and said he had got into a scrape through
-the things getting out; but of course I didn't
-believe him. This was an easy way of getting
-me into a row, as well as helping himself out."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But, Tom, if he took your punishment,
-you know&mdash;"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Bah! my punishment! The governor
-isn't such a duffer as to think that white-faced
-milksop did that mischief. He hasn't
-pluck enough. I always told you he was a
-sneak, and now he's proved it, for he said the
-thing should always be a secret between us,
-whether I told or not, and now he's run
-open-mouthed to you with the tale."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, he hasn't." And without another
-word I walked out of the workshop. I didn't
-feel as though I wanted to fight Tom; it
-didn't seem as though I could fight, for I
-couldn't understand things a bit. Somehow
-they'd got so mixed up in this row that Tom
-seemed to be Chandos, and Chandos Tom,
-and whether I should wake and find they were
-all right, or Tom running about with Chandos's
-head on his shoulders, I couldn't tell for a
-little while.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-But presently Chandos came walking
-through the gate on which I was mounted,
-and certainly he had his own straw-coloured
-hair safe enough. He didn't condescend to
-look at me as he passed, and I felt as though
-I hated him for robbing me of Tom. What
-right had he to do it&mdash;he with that white face
-to be so plucky? And not even for a friend
-either, for Tom is no friend to him any more
-than I am, and all the school have adopted our
-private name, and call him Miss Chandos. It
-isn't as though he didn't care about it either, for
-I can see he does. No boy likes to be thought
-a girl, or have a girl's name tacked to him;
-and Chandos is like the rest, but he takes it
-quietly, although I fancy now he would be as
-good in a stand-up fight as Tom himself.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Bother Tom! I don't want to think about
-him now. I wish he had left the pigs and
-cows alone, or I hadn't been in such a fume
-to find out all about it. I don't like to think
-he has been mean and cowardly&mdash;my brave,
-bold Tom. Anyhow, I shall always hate
-Miss Chandos for her share in the matter, and
-I'll call her Miss Chandos more than ever
-now. It's been a miserable time, somehow,
-ever since I heard the tops and bottoms of
-this row, for though Tom and I have never
-said a word about it since, we both seem to
-remember it always, and we keep apart as we
-never did before.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-November 20th.&mdash;All the school is in a
-ferment about a special prize that is to be
-given for the best essay on something or other.
-I'm not going to try, so it don't trouble
-me much; but it seems as though everybody
-else is, and they can talk of nothing else.
-Even Tom is going in for this, it seems, though
-he don't stand much chance, I fancy; but he
-wants a watch, and thinks he may as well try
-for this. The weather is dull and cold, and
-our shipbuilding is almost at a standstill.
-We haven't done much since that row, and
-things are altogether miserable. Tom seems
-to be making new friends among the other
-fellows, and I've dropped shooting at Miss
-Chandos and hiding her Bible, so that
-altogether I'm rather glum, and ready to quarrel
-with anybody that is good for a stand-up
-fight. I know everybody thinks me a bear,
-and I am, I think, for I don't care for anybody
-or anything now.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-November 30th.&mdash;It seems as though there
-was never to be an end to this row, which has
-made everything so miserable for me. The
-governor has taken it into his head to consider
-the matter still unsettled, although Chandos
-took Tom's punishment, and now poor Chandos
-has been told that he can't try for this prize.
-It's the meanest shame, for Chandos stood as
-good a chance as anybody, if not better than
-most, and now he isn't to be allowed that
-chance.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-He tries to hide his disappointment, but I
-know he had begun to read up, and yesterday
-I asked him if he didn't mean to split on
-Tom, and tell the governor all about it.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I wish Haslitt would do it himself," he
-said; "it would be better for everybody if he
-did."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Of course it would; and I'll tell him so,
-and the governor too, if you won't."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, no, don't do that, Stewart; the school
-would send you to Coventry if you split on
-another fellow about anything. And besides&mdash;"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, what more can the school do?" I
-asked, angrily.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, nothing, only your splitting would do
-no good now, I fancy."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, Tom shall make a clean breast of it,
-and give up his chance of this prize. It ain't
-much of a chance for him, and so it won't be
-much for him to give it up; but you'll get it,
-Chandos&mdash;at least I hope you will;" and
-then I ran off to find Tom and have it out
-with him.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I hardly knew how to begin, but I did it
-somehow; and then Tom said, crossly,
-"What a fuss you make about nothing! I
-suppose Miss Chandos has set you on. Has
-she taught you to say your prayers yet?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Saying my prayers has nothing to do
-with this, Tom, you know that."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, hasn't it! I thought the young lady
-was making a milksop of you, you've been so
-glum, lately."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Now look here, Tom, I haven't told you
-what I thought about this sneakish business,
-but I will if you don't make a clean breast of
-it to the governor at once."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, who cares what you think?" said
-Tom, laughing; and he tried to push past me.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-But I wasn't going to have that. "Now,
-look here, old fellow, we have been chums for
-ever so long, and I never knew you to do
-anything mean before, and I believe you're
-sorry for this; now make a clean breast of it,
-Tom, and let Miss Chandos go in for this
-prize."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Has she told you she's sure to get it?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, of course not; but you know she'd
-stand a good chance&mdash;a better chance than
-you do."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I don't know so much about that, and I
-don't see why I should give up my chance
-just to suit your whims. It wouldn't help
-Miss Chandos either."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, it would. The governor wants to
-get at the bottom of this farmyard affair, and
-that is why he is so hard on poor Chandos."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Poor Chandos! The young lady has
-bewitched you, Charley! As if this had
-anything to do with that old row! She knows
-how to come it over you, the mean sneak! As
-though she didn't know this was for another
-affair altogether."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I don't believe it, Tom."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Don't you? Ask some of the other fellows,
-then. Here, Jackson, what did you tell me
-Miss Chandos had been doing to lose her
-chance of the prize?" called Tom.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I don't know now. Collins told me it
-was some artful dodge the governor had
-found out. Anyhow, I'm glad she's out, for
-the chances will be pretty evenly balanced
-among us now; but Chandos always goes in
-for such a lot of grind that he'd be sure to
-swamp us all. Do you go in for it, Stewart?"
-he asked.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I'm not fond of grind, and shouldn't
-have a ghost of a chance, any more than
-Tom has."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, well, Haslitt will pass muster, I dare
-say, but we ain't much afraid of him," laughed
-Jackson, as he ran away.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I tell you the fellows will kick up no end
-of a row now if they find I gave up for
-Chandos to go in; not that I think he would
-mind. He's a sneak, and has just told you
-this to hide something he has been doing
-himself."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, I shouldn't care for what the fellows
-said, Tom. They want to keep Chandos out&mdash;a
-few of them, I don't believe they all do&mdash;just
-because they will stand a better chance
-of the prize; and it's mean and cowardly, and
-I wouldn't help them in it if I were you."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But I tell you, Charley, you mustn't go
-against a lot like this. I'm beginning to find
-out that you must think of others a bit when
-you are at school like this, and&mdash;and&mdash;" There
-Tom stopped.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Look here, Tom; it may be all very well
-to mind what other fellows say a bit, but I
-never knew you to do a mean thing in my
-life before, and I shall wish we had never
-come here if it's going to make you a sneak
-now."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Who says I am a sneak? Chandos, I
-suppose?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, it isn't Chandos. He hasn't been
-your chum as I have; he didn't know what
-you were before you came to school, and never
-talks about you&mdash;"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Only to call me a sneak, I suppose?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, he has never called you a sneak; but
-I do, and mean it, if you won't go to the
-governor and make a clean breast of everything."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"It would do no good, I tell you, Charley,
-and the other fellows would be down upon
-me directly if I did. Three or four are going
-in for this prize that wouldn't try if Chandos
-wasn't out. I tell you they'd never forgive
-me if I split now. I'll promise this, Charley,
-I'll never get into a scrape like it again. I
-wish now I'd gone to the governor at once
-about it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I wish you had; but it isn't too late, you
-know, now, Tom. Come on at once; we shall
-find him in the library. I'll go with you if
-you like."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I really thought Tom would go then, but
-just as we were turning round Jackson ran to
-tell him Collins and the rest wanted him; and
-Tom went off, calling to me,
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"It's no good, Charley, I can't do it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I felt half ashamed to meet Chandos after
-this, for he knew I had been to talk to Tom,
-and I couldn't bear him to think he was such
-a sneak as he has been over this; but there
-was no getting out of it, for he was standing
-by the lobby door as I went in, and looked
-at me in such a way that I said, crossly,
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Why don't you go to the governor yourself
-and tell him all about it?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Then Haslitt won't go?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, he won't," I said. "This beastly
-school has made him a sneak&mdash;he never was
-before; he never served anybody such a
-trick, and he never would if he hadn't come
-here."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, don't get so angry about it, Stewart.
-My mother says one of the principal uses of
-a school is to try what mettle we are of.
-We cannot tell whether a character is strong
-or weak until it has been tried, and the
-temptations and failures at school prepare us
-better for the temptations of the world
-afterwards."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"What do I care about the temptations of
-the world? It's this school that has spoiled
-Tom, and he will never be my chum again,
-and I shall have to look out for another
-lieutenant for my ship;" and I rushed off
-indoors, for fear Chandos should say any more,
-for I could not bear to hear him speak against
-Tom.
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p><a id="chap03"></a></p>
-
-<h3>
-CHAPTER III.
-<br />
-THE SKATING PARTY.
-</h3>
-
-<p>
-November 30th.&mdash;I haven't spoken to
-Tom for a week, but he's so mixed
-up with the other fellows now that he
-don't seem to mind; but I am very dull, and
-it makes me very miserable not to have Tom
-working with me at our boats as we used to
-do. I have found out, too, that Chandos is
-not a general favourite in the school, but he
-has two or three friends&mdash;chums, like Tom
-and I used to be&mdash;who seem to be fond of
-reading, and don't get into so many scrapes
-as Tom's set. I belong to nobody just now.
-I join in a game sometimes when I don't feel
-too sulky; but I miss Tom too much to feel
-pleased with anybody else, though Chandos
-and I talk a bit sometimes when we go to
-bed. Last night we were talking about
-prayer. Fancy boys talking about that; but
-it seems Chandos believes it is all as real&mdash;as
-real as writing a letter to his mother, and as
-sure of having an answer. I was as much
-surprised as when the Doctor talked about us
-having a conscience; for it seems Chandos is
-not going to be a parson after all, but is to go
-into his uncle's counting-house, just as mother
-wants me to do. The only difference is that
-Chandos has made up his mind to it because
-it is his duty, he says, though he hates it as
-much as I do, and wants to be a doctor
-awfully. I begin to think the world is a
-dreadful puzzle. Why can't people do just
-what they like, instead of being driven to do
-what they hate so often? Chandos is a first-rate
-sort of fellow too, I think, in spite of his
-white face and curly hair; and yet he's got to
-do what he don't like, so that being good
-don't seem to have much to do with it, though
-my old nurse used to say good boys were
-always happy. Well, I'm not good, anyhow,
-so it's not very wonderful that I'm pretty
-miserable; only Tom seems happy enough,
-and he ought to be miserable too, which is
-another of the puzzles, I suppose.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-December 10th.&mdash;Everybody is essay mad&mdash;that
-is, all the fellows in our class who
-have gone in for it. Chandos and I never
-talk about it to each other, but I know he is
-disappointed, for he was ill the first part of
-this half, and so he will have no prizes to take
-home at Christmas. I suppose I should be
-disappointed too if I was one of the fellows
-that grind, but I don't see the use of it, and
-so prizes don't come in my way. Not but
-what I should like to please mamma, and she
-would be pleased, I know, if such a wonder
-was to happen; but then I hate books, unless
-they are about the sea, or something of that
-sort. I shall be glad when the holidays are
-here now. I should not like to confess it
-even to Tom, but I want to see my mother,
-and ask her some of the questions that have
-puzzled me lately. Then there is always lots
-of fun at Christmas, and there has been so
-little here. Another week and this essay fuss
-will be over, and then the fellows will talk
-about the other prizes and going home, and I
-shall try to forget all the bother, and Tom's
-share in it too, if I can. I wonder who will
-get this essay prize&mdash;not Tom, I am certain.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-December 18th.&mdash;Tom has got the prize.
-I cannot understand it one bit. I know he
-has gone in for lots of grind lately, like the
-other fellows, but there were two or three
-that I felt sure would be better up to that
-kind of work than he was. I cannot feel glad
-that he has won it, and I have not told him
-I am; and some of the fellows that were
-most urgent for him to go in have scarcely
-spoken to him since. I wonder whether they
-think, as I do, that this watch should of right
-belong to Chandos. Tom and I are going
-home together. No one at home knows
-anything of what has happened, and I shall not
-tell them if I can help it. Chandos has asked
-me to go and see him in the holidays, and I
-mean to ask mamma to let him come to our
-house. I think I shall like that better than
-going to his place, for I fancy his people are
-dreadfully religious, and we know nothing
-about that sort of thing, but I don't like to be
-thought quite a heathen.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-January 20th.&mdash;The holidays are over, and
-we are back at school in our old places once
-more. Tom has taken up the notion that I
-am envious of his good luck in getting the
-watch. Good luck! I call it bad luck, for it
-was a bad business altogether, and I let out
-something about this at home; but mamma
-only thought it was one of our ordinary
-quarrels.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I went to see Chandos in the holidays. He
-has several brothers and sisters; one of them
-has come back with him to school, and is
-among the juniors, although he is only a year
-or two younger than his brother; but he has
-been delicate, and is very backward, and so
-was obliged to go into the lower division of
-the school. I like Mrs. Chandos very much.
-She is religious after a different pattern from
-my Aunt Phoebe, and somehow everything
-seems so real about her that I don't wonder
-Chandos believes everything she says. But
-I don't mean to like Chandos too much. He
-is all very well, but he is not Tom, and can
-never be my lieutenant. I had a talk to
-mamma about going to sea, but she is as
-obstinate as ever. I told Chandos of this
-when he came to see me, and he said, "Then
-I am afraid you will have to give it up,
-Stewart."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Give it up! give up the sea! you don't
-know what you are talking about, Chandos!"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, I do, for I wanted to be a doctor
-quite as badly as you want to go to sea; but
-when my father died, and my mother told
-me how impossible it was that my wish
-could be gratified, I set to work at once to
-conquer it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Set to work to conquer it! But how
-could you do that?" I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I&mdash;I began in the only way I could; I
-asked God to help me for my mother's sake
-to overcome the selfish desire, and make me
-willing to do all I could to learn what was
-necessary to be a merchant."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But you don't hate the idea of being
-chained to a desk as I do, or you wouldn't
-talk so coolly about it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Not now. But I did hate it quite as
-much as you can, Stewart; but I remembered
-that my mother was not rich. When my
-father died we were very much reduced, and
-if I should offend my uncle by refusing this
-offer he might refuse to help the younger
-ones by-and-by; and so you see it was my
-duty to forget myself and my own wishes,
-and do what I could to help my mother."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But my mother does not need my help,
-and so I don't see why I should give up
-everything I want, if you do."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Your mother may not want your help, but
-she wants you. You are her only son, and&mdash;and
-shall I tell you?&mdash;I have heard of such
-things happening, you know&mdash;she may break
-her heart if you run away to sea. You would
-not do that, Stewart."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Break her heart! Kill my mother!
-Chandos, you know me better than that!"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, I do, Stewart, and that is why I have
-spoken in time; but I have heard of boys
-going to sea and coming home expecting to
-find everything as they left it, and finding
-mother and father both dead&mdash;killed by grief
-for the runaway."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, that's all twaddle, you know, Chandos;
-nobody ever really died of a broken heart," I
-said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Then you mean to try the experiment on
-your mother? Very well, Stewart; if you
-will, you will, I know; only beware of the
-consequences, for if the twaddle should prove
-truth it would cause you lifelong unhappiness
-afterwards."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-This ended his lecture, and I made up my
-mind to forget it as soon as I could; but
-somehow it mixes itself up with everything,
-and try as I will I cannot forget it. Of
-course, I don't want to run away, if I can
-persuade mamma to let me go to sea
-properly; but if she won't, what am I to
-do? I can't and won't go to be perched up
-at an office desk all day, and so there will be
-nothing else I can do but cut and run some
-fine morning. Of course, I shall write to
-mamma just before I sail, and tell her I'm all
-right and jolly, and when she knows that
-she'll soon be all right. Tom and I have
-talked over the plan dozens of times, for he
-was to come with me, only somehow I don't
-want him so much now, though his watch
-might be handy to sell if we were short of
-money on the road, for I suppose we should
-have to go to Liverpool, or Plymouth, or
-Southampton, or some of those places.
-Bother Chandos, making me feel uncomfortable
-about it. But there, I'm not going to
-run away to-day, and so I'll forget the whole
-bother.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-January 26th.&mdash;At last we are going to
-have some fun. It has been freezing
-splendidly these two days, and if the governor
-hadn't been a duffer he would have let us go
-out on the ice to-day, for there is a first-rate
-pond&mdash;two or three, in fact&mdash;close by, and I
-know the ice will bear; but he has promised
-we shall go to-morrow, and everybody has
-been looking up skates in readiness. I hope
-it will not thaw to-night, for we are all
-looking forward to the fun we shall have
-to-morrow&mdash;all but Chandos, and he has
-taken it into his head that his brother ought
-to stay at home, as he has a cold. But
-Chandos junior has a will of his own, I can
-see, and I mean to help him to stand out
-against his brother's coddling, and give Miss
-Chandos a fright into the bargain, if I can.
-It will be good fun to coax the youngster to
-go to another pond, especially if one happens
-to be labelled "Dangerous." I fancy I can
-see his brother now running about like a hen
-after her brood of ducklings, for he does fuss
-after this youngster, as though he was different
-from other boys, and I'll stop it if I can.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-February 4th.&mdash;I wonder whether I can put
-down in my log all that has happened. I
-shall try, for I am very dull to-day sitting up
-here alone while the others are in school.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-It did not thaw, as everybody feared it
-would, and we started for the ponds in good
-time, Swain and the other master with us, for
-the governor would not trust us alone, which
-made some of the fellows pretty wild, and
-they vowed Swain should not come for
-nothing. Just before we started Tom came
-tearing across the playground to me and said,
-"You've split on Chandos junior!"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Split on him! What do you mean? I
-don't often speak to the youngster; you and
-your set know more about him than I do," I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, but you and Miss Chandos are as
-thick as thieves, and you know he did not
-want young Frank to go to-day."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, I do know that, and I said if I was
-Frank I wouldn't be coddled to that tune.
-What of that?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Why, Chandos has locked him up or
-something, for he isn't here."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Locked up your grandmother! How
-could he do that without appealing to the
-governor? and you know Chandos is not
-likely to do that now. The youngster will
-turn up presently, unless he has made up his
-mind to do as his brother wishes, and declares
-himself on the sick-list. There are three to
-stay indoors, you know."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, but young Chandos won't stay if he
-can help it. We've laughed him out of
-that&mdash;told him the school calls his brother a
-young lady for his meek ways, and the
-sooner he breaks away from her apron-string
-the better."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, Chandos is too fussy," I said; "but
-don't lead the youngster into any harm, Tom.
-I'll help with some fun, just to give Chandos
-a fright, you know."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Bravo, Charley! Jackson was just
-talking about the same thing, and we'll do it
-now." And we both rushed off to Jackson
-and the rest, to inquire if they had seen
-anything of the youngster.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"It's what I call confoundedly selfish, if
-Chandos has stopped the young prig from
-coming out," said one of the fellows.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Chandos ain't selfish," I said; for, though
-I felt cross with Chandos myself, I did not
-care to hear him run down by Tom's set.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, I don't know what you would call
-it, but if somebody tried to make me stay at
-home the only day we are likely to have any
-fun on the ice, I should feel ready to punch
-him."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I don't believe Chandos junior will stay.
-But now, what are you going to do with him
-when he comes?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Do with him! Do you think we want to
-eat him, Stewart?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, I don't suppose you do; but mind,
-there's to be no harm done&mdash;no sousing him,
-or anything of that sort. If it's just a bit of
-fun, to give Chandos senior a fright, I'll be
-in it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I should think you would, for things are
-awfully slow here now. Tom says you
-used to be up to anything, but since Miss
-Chandos&mdash;"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"There, we won't talk about that; Tom
-knows all about it, if you don't." And I was
-just turning away when Frank Chandos ran
-towards us with his skates in his hand, looking
-angry and defiant at his brother, who had
-followed him half across the playground.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-A few minutes afterwards we started for
-the ponds in groups and knots of twos and
-threes, all laughing and chattering together,
-the masters at the head, and leading the way
-to the broadest and shallowest.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Now, boys, I think you can skate and
-slide to your hearts' delight here; but mind,
-Dr. Mellor has given orders that no one is to
-go to the pond round by the alder bushes, for
-there are dangerous holes in it, as you all
-know, and if the ice should break&mdash;well,
-you know what the consequences are likely
-to be."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"All right, sir, we'll keep clear of that,"
-said two or three, as they were fastening the
-straps of their skates, while some, who had
-already begun sliding, laughed at the notion
-of the ice breaking.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"It is as firm as the schoolroom floor, and
-one is as likely to give way as the other."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I don't believe the governor would have
-let us come here at all if all the ponds hadn't
-been safe," I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Safe! of course they're safe. The
-governor knows that; only he must tell us
-something by way of a scare. He's as bad
-as Miss Chandos," said Tom.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Where is the young lady," I said, "and
-the youngster? We must look after them."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-We were off now spinning across the pond,
-Tom and I, with Jackson close behind, and
-the three of us managed to keep together.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"What a lark it would be to take Chandos
-junior to the alder pond," said Jackson,
-looking at me as he wheeled round on his skates.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"We'll do it," I said; "but not just now.
-Wait a bit, till the fellows get warm to the
-work, and they won't miss us. We must keep
-our eye on the youngster. Is he skating or
-sliding?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Skating; but that don't matter," said Tom.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, but if Chandos senior had the skates
-on it would be all the better. They are his
-skates too; I happen to know that, and so I
-shall tell Master Frank presently that he
-ought not to stick to them for the whole afternoon."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I see; if Chandos senior should happen
-to see us he will not be able to fly to the
-rescue of his duckling at once. But look
-here, Stewart, we'll manage so that he don't
-know anything about it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, no, we won't! I want him to see us,
-to tease him a bit. I say, Jackson, are you a
-judge of ice? Don't you think this seems to
-be giving a bit?" I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, it's as firm as a rock. What ice would
-give in such a cutting wind as this?" And
-Jackson pulled his comforter closer round his
-throat as he spoke.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-We were all pretty well wrapped up in
-great-coats and mufflers and worsted gloves,
-so that when we had a fall, as most of us did
-every few minutes, we had something to break
-the concussion a little; but these heavy things
-would prove rather awkward if the ice should
-break and let us through.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I said something about this to Jackson, but
-he laughed at the notion, and Tom said,
-"Why, what has come to you lately, Charley?
-You have been tied to Miss Chandos's
-apron-string until you have got to be a coward. I
-believe now you are afraid to go to the alder
-pond."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Am I? you shall see about that. Where's
-Chandos junior?" And I wheeled off at once
-to look for the youngster and see what Miss
-Chandos was about, and whether Swain was
-likely to have his eye upon our movements.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I cannot write any more to-day. To-morrow
-I shall be stronger, I hope, and then I may
-finish this story about our skating.
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p><a id="chap04"></a></p>
-
-<h3>
-CHAPTER IV.
-<br />
-THE ACCIDENT.
-</h3>
-
-<p>
-February 5th.&mdash;It helps to pass some of
-the time I am obliged to spend alone to
-write in my log, and so I will go on
-from where I left off yesterday.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I found everybody was on the ice, the
-masters enjoying the fun as much as the
-boys, and Chandos the merriest of the lot.
-He and two or three of his friends were racing,
-curveting, cutting figures in the ice, for I
-found that Frank had been glad to give up
-the skates and take to sliding.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"It's rather crowded here," I said, as I ran
-the youngster down, and then stopped and
-wheeled round to help him up.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"It's crowded everywhere, and the fellows
-with skates seem to think they ought to have
-it all their own way," he grumbled.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Come over here; there are some good
-slides at the farther end of the pond;" and
-I helped the youngster over, purposely going
-close to Miss Chandos.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-But she didn't smell mischief, or was too
-much occupied with her own fun to notice us,
-and we soon came up with Jackson and the
-rest.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"It's dreadfully cold here," said young
-Chandos, shivering.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, it is cold," said Tom; "the wind
-sweeps down upon us, freezing our very
-marrow if we don't keep moving."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"The best place for sliding would be the
-alder pond. That is sheltered a good deal
-from this cutting wind," said Jackson.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But it isn't safe," said Frank Chandos.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Safe! As if they'd let us come near
-this place at all if all the ponds were not
-safe! I tell you it will bear as well as this,"
-said Jackson.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Shall we go there?" proposed Tom.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Mr. Swain said we were not to go near it,"
-feebly ventured Frank.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, well, if you're afraid, stay where you
-are, but I'm going," said Jackson. "Stewart,
-will you come? Tom will, I know."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, I'm off," said Tom, nodding to me;
-but I wanted Miss Chandos to see where we
-were taking her duckling, to give her a fright.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-The youngster saw me looking towards his
-brother, and said, in a whisper, "If we mean
-to go, Eustace had better not see us. You're
-sure it's safe?" he added.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Safe as the schoolroom floor," I said; and
-then we went after the others; but I kept
-looking back towards Miss Chandos as we
-went towards the alder pond.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-We got out of sight as soon as we could,
-and, screened by the close-growing trees, the
-bitter east wind did not sting us quite so
-much. Jackson and Tom were soon skimming
-across the pond.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I wonder where the holes are they make
-such a fuss about?" said Tom.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I don't believe there are any," said Jackson.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, holes or no holes, I think we had
-better keep near the edge," I said; but young
-Chandos did not hear me, he says, and went
-at once towards the trees for shelter from the
-wind. The ice was very thin there, and the
-next minute there was a crack, a splash, and
-a scream, and young Chandos had gone
-down.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Run for help!" I called to Tom, and then
-I skimmed across what I thought was the
-strongest part of the ice to help Frank. But
-before I could reach him the ice gave way,
-and we were both struggling for life.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I don't remember much of what happened
-beyond telling Frank to catch hold of some
-of the branches of the trees that were close to
-the water, and hearing the shouts of the boys
-when Tom gave the alarm. I could hear
-them coming, but it would be too late to save
-me, for my heavy clothes kept me down in
-the water, and I sank, never to rise again, I
-thought. I seemed to see my mother at that
-moment more plainly than I had ever seen
-her before, and to understand her grief for my
-death in a way that I could not have thought
-possible. But still, although I longed to
-escape for her sake, I seemed bound by
-invisible fetters that were, in reality, my heavy
-wet clothes. They have told me since that
-this probably saved me, although they thought
-I was dead when they got me out of the water.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Once out, however, I soon began to revive,
-for I am strong and healthy; but poor Frank
-Chandos lay hovering between life and death
-for nearly a week afterwards. I shall never
-forget that terrible time. I felt if he died I
-should be a murderer, for he would never
-have gone to the alder pond if I had not
-taken him there. Poor Miss Chandos, too,
-who had promised his mother to take good
-care of the lad, he was almost stunned with
-grief; and it was not until after his mother
-had come that he could be persuaded to
-leave his brother even for five minutes. Tom
-and the other fellows who came to see me
-told me all about it, for I was ill too, from
-cold and fright, but nothing to cause any
-alarm, and little notice was taken of me or
-my ailments, and I did not let any one know
-how miserably unhappy I was. I tried to
-talk to Tom about it once, but he only
-laughed, and said, "Oh, it's no good crying
-over spilt milk; let's forget all that miserable
-affair now. Of course we were all in the
-wrong box, I suppose; but then it was only
-done for a lark, and we've all been punished
-for it pretty stiffly. Jackson and I had a
-hundred lines of Milton to learn in after hours
-that took no end of time to get perfect, for
-the governor was so crabby he wouldn't let
-us off a single word, and actually heard us
-himself, so if you don't think that has squared
-accounts for us, then I don't know what
-will."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"If learning two hundred lines would square
-things, I'd do it; but think of poor Frank
-Chandos lying there dying, and all our
-fault."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"How can it be our fault? We didn't
-carry him to the pond. He came to please
-himself, and if he wasn't ill he'd have an
-imposition as well as us. I wonder whether the
-Doctor will give you one when you get well,
-Charley?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I wish he would," I said, bitterly.
-"Oh, I dare say it's all very well for you
-to talk when it isn't likely to happen, for I
-expect the governor will think it punishment
-enough for you to be kept up here and fed
-on slops for ever so long. I don't know
-myself that I would not rather have the
-imposition."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-How glad I was when poor Chandos came
-to see me at last. I almost wished we really
-had been girls then, that I might have thrown
-my arms round his neck and kissed him and
-asked him to forgive me, for I could see he
-felt sorry for me, and the first words he spoke
-were meant to comfort me, only somehow
-they seemed to make me miserable.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You did not mean to do any harm,
-Stewart, I know," he said, his voice shaking
-as he spoke.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Will he die?" I asked. "It don't matter
-about me and what I meant about it, but tell
-me about him; is there any hope, Chandos?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Not much, I am afraid. Only God can
-save him; the doctor can do no more, he
-says. Stewart, you'll pray for him, won't
-you&mdash;pray that God will give him back to
-my mother, for she is almost heartbroken
-over it?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Me pray! What is the good? I don't
-know how; I never prayed in my life. I've
-said my prayers; but it's different, that is,
-from what you mean, and I haven't done that
-since I was a little chap."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Then begin again now, Stewart. Pray
-for poor Frank. I know you feel unhappy
-about him."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, I do. I'd do anything I could; but
-that's just it; I can't do anything, and it
-seems mean to go sneaking to God now,
-when I didn't care a pin about the whole
-business until I got into this trouble; and I
-can't do it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, but you mustn't think of it&mdash;think of
-God in that way. If you had been very ill
-you would have liked your mother sent for,
-wouldn't you? and she would have liked to
-come, I am sure."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, I expect there will be a row that she
-was not sent for as it is. But what has that
-to do with it?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Everything. God feels as kindly towards
-us as our mother and father, and He wants us
-to go to Him when we are in trouble, although
-we may have kept away before. My mother
-says He often sends trouble to be His
-messenger and make us come, so that He will not
-be offended if you should begin to pray now."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I can't, Chandos. It's just the meanest
-business I ever heard of to go sneaking to
-God whenever I'm in trouble and can't help
-myself, and forget Him directly afterwards."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But why should you forget Him afterwards?
-Why not make Him your Friend, as
-He desires to be?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"What, be religious and grumpy, and lose
-all the fun of life?" I said, staring at Chandos
-in amazement.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You need not be grumpy, Stewart, and
-you can have just as much fun, only I think
-you will be more careful not to let the fun do
-harm to other people."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, I will be more careful in future, I
-promise you that, Chandos; but about being
-religious, why, I never heard of a schoolboy
-being religious unless he was a dreadful muff
-and a sneaking prig, and I hate sneaks of all
-sorts."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"So do I," said Chandos; "and if I thought
-praying to God and trying to live in fear and
-love of Him would make you one, I wouldn't
-ask you to do it. But it won't. Look here,
-you've heard of General Havelock, haven't
-you? and Hedley Vicars, that fought in the
-Crimean war? Did you ever hear that they
-were sneaks, or anything but brave, noble
-men&mdash;brave enough to serve God openly and
-fearlessly? I tell you, Stewart, it takes a brave
-man, not a coward, to declare himself
-determined to serve God. But I have said enough
-about this, perhaps, and you look tired."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"My head aches," I said; "but I should
-soon be all right if I could only know there
-was a chance for poor Frank to get better
-too."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I wish I had better news for you, Stewart.
-My mother and I can only pray for him."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Chandos was going away as he said this,
-but I caught his hand and held him back.
-"I will pray too," I whispered; "but if God
-hears me now, how shall I ever keep square
-afterwards? and I must, you know, to keep
-from being a sneak."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Look here, Stewart; you are mistaken
-altogether in thinking God's service such a
-dreadful bondage. He knows you are a boy,
-and does not expect you to be prim and
-precise and always praying and singing psalms.
-I am not sure that it would not displease Him
-if you tried to do that, for He knows it would
-be a poor preparation for our work in the
-world by-and-by."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But what would He want me to do, then?"
-I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"First of all to think of Him as your friend.
-The Lord Jesus was a boy Himself once, you
-know, and so He knows all about a boy's
-feelings and temptations. Almost my father's
-last words to me were, 'Be honest and upright
-and pure;' and I know God will help me
-to keep my father's command if I seek His
-help, as He will you if you will take Him to
-be your Friend."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"And isn't that what I want?" I said; "to
-be honest and upright and pure?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I believe you do, Stewart, and it's what
-God wants you to be, and what He will help
-you to be if you will let Him."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But what else must I do? Religious
-folks always are different from others, you
-know."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, they ought to be. A religious sailor
-ought to be the bravest and most fearless man
-on board the ship, and do his work better and
-more cheerfully than anybody else."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, my uncle did tell me of a fellow
-like that once, and I thought I should like all
-my sailors to be like him. He was a jolly,
-good-natured chap, ready to spin a yarn to
-his mates, and they were willing to listen to
-the moral he always contrived to bring in.
-He was as brave as a lion, too, and yet as
-kind as a woman if any of the others were
-sick. But there ain't many like him, you
-know, Chandos."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You might make another, Stewart; and a
-captain&mdash;you mean to be a captain, you
-know&mdash;and a captain of that pattern might do as
-much, or even more, good than a common
-sailor."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, but it's the beginning. I don't see
-that boys have anything to do with religion.
-What can they do?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Learn better&mdash;learn their lessons more
-thoroughly, so as to be better fitted to do
-their work in the world by-and-by. I
-suppose you'll admit that we shall be men
-by-and-by if we are spared?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, yes, of course; but then it's just
-that. Religion seems to be for those who
-don't live, to prepare them for death and all
-that, you know. If I was very ill and dying
-I should want to be religious, of course, but
-now&mdash;"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"That's quite a mistake, Stewart, to suppose
-that because you are likely to live many years
-this matter of serving God ought to be put
-off. I might ask you how you can be sure
-that you will live even six months longer, or
-that you may not be carried off by some
-sudden accident. But I don't like to think of
-religion as just something to sneak out of the
-world comfortably with. Religion is to fit us
-to live&mdash;to live well, to fill life full of joy and
-happiness. You stare, Stewart, but I can tell
-you the happiest people in the world to-day
-are those who serve God best."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Then what makes them pull such long
-faces, and look so wretched, and talk about
-being miserable sinners?" I asked.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, we are sinners, you know, Stewart,
-and one of the first things we have to learn in
-coming to God is just this very thing. It is
-because we have sinned that Christ died to
-put away our sins; but some people don't seem
-to believe in this thoroughly. They know
-they are sinners, and it makes them unhappy
-and they fancy they ought to go mourning
-over them all the days of their life."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"That's just my Aunt Phoebe, and mamma
-says she is very religious, and one of the best
-women that ever lived, which makes me say I
-hate good women, and all religious people
-into the bargain. But, Chandos, there are not
-many of your sort of religious people in the
-world."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"More than you think for. There are some
-of the fellows here in this school; I won't
-mention any names, but two of the best and
-jolliest in the cricket-field will be just such
-men, I believe."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Boys here in this school are religious!" I
-said. "Of course, I know you are, but&mdash;"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You thought I was the only one, Stewart?
-Well, now, I'm glad to say when I came here I
-found one or two trying to solve the problem
-you think so improbable&mdash;how a schoolboy
-can serve God; and though it may be difficult
-sometimes&mdash;I grant you that, for temptation
-to do wrong even in fun must be resisted;
-and then lessons must be learned fairly, not
-shirked, and no cribs must be used, or else
-where is our honesty? But still, if a boy once
-starts to keep on the square all round, things
-are not so hard as you might think. But I
-must not stop any longer now, Stewart; I
-will come in and have another chat by-and-by.
-But&mdash;but you will not forget to pray for poor
-Frank?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Forget! Sometimes I wish I could forget
-that dreadful day and everything that
-happened then. It isn't often, I suppose, that
-such dreadful things happen through a little
-fun, or else it would help Chandos's argument
-about the happiness of not doing wrong even
-in fun, for this has made me miserable enough.
-I wish I could be the sort of fellow Chandos
-talked about. It's different altogether from
-what I thought, and to be fair and square and
-honest right through in lessons and everything
-else has nothing of the sneak about it. But I
-have promised I'd pray for Frank, and I mean
-to do it. How am I to begin? Will God
-hear me? I'm not good like Chandos. He
-saw me shooting the pellets at him from
-under the bedclothes only a little while ago,
-I suppose, and won't He think I'm mocking
-Chandos now if I kneel down as he did?
-What was it that he said, though, about the
-Lord Jesus being a boy once? Well, if He
-was He'll know all about me, and after all it's
-poor Frank I want Him to help. I wouldn't
-venture to ask Him to help me yet; I want
-nothing now so much as for Frank to get well.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-After thinking like this for some time I
-locked the door, for fear anybody should come
-in and see me, and then I kneeled down; but
-I don't know what I said, only that it was
-about Frank and his getting well, and that
-I'd try and do the square thing, and be honest
-and upright and pure right through, if God
-would only make him well again.
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p><a id="chap05"></a></p>
-
-<h3>
-CHAPTER V.
-<br />
-CRIBS.
-</h3>
-
-<p>
-February 10th.&mdash;I am in the schoolroom
-again, and poor Frank Chandos is
-getting better. He is to go away as soon
-as he can be moved, but he is too weak even
-to sit up in bed yet. I went to see him
-yesterday, and Chandos told him I had
-prayed that God would make him well again.
-He turned his white face round, and looked at
-me with his big, dark eyes, and said, "Thank
-you, Stewart."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, don't do that! I didn't mean to do
-any harm, you know, but I led you into the
-mischief, and I've been sorry enough ever
-since; and I hope you'll forgive me, Chandos,"
-I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-But I felt almost frightened when he put
-out his hand and slipped it into mine&mdash;such a
-thin, white hand it was, with fingers for all
-the world like claws. I suppose the doctors
-know best, but I should have thought he was
-dying if Mrs. Chandos had not told me he
-was looking better.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Chandos seems to expect that I'm going in
-for plenty of grind, and all that sort of thing.
-Well, it's only fair, for I couldn't think of
-asking God to help me out of a scrape, and
-then forgetting all about it as soon as it's
-over; though what a schoolboy can pray
-about when things are all right I don't know.
-Of course, I haven't done with Frank yet, for
-I don't feel so sure about his getting well
-as the others do. He looks awfully thin and
-white, and if God was just to leave off making
-him well for a day or two he'd be as bad as
-ever, I expect.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-February 12th.&mdash;It's awful hard work to
-grind away like this&mdash;as I have the last two
-days. It ain't so easy to do lessons on the
-square, when one has been using cribs for ever
-so long; and then, grind as much as you may,
-the lessons don't look so well after all when
-one is a duffer at them, as I am. Yesterday I
-sat poring over one book for hours and hours,
-trying to make out what it meant. I suppose
-I ought to know well enough by this time, for
-I've learned it all up to there; but then I've
-used cribs, and Swain don't know that, and so
-he pitched into me, and threatened a heavy
-imposition if ever I took up such another
-piece of construing. It's easy enough talking
-about always doing the square thing, and
-it mightn't be so hard if I'd always done it;
-but I haven't, and there's the rub.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-February 16th.&mdash;There's no end of a row
-with the fellows over these cribs. I've always
-used them, and I always shall, they say; and
-Tom backs them, and tells them I'm tied to
-Miss Chandos's apron-strings.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-It began about another wretched construe I
-handed in to Swain.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Is this your own work, Stewart?" asked
-Swain; and I thought it was so good he
-could hardly believe I had done it, and I said,
-quite proudly, "Yes, sir, I've done every word
-of it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Then all I can say is, you have no right
-to be in this division of the school; and I
-shall talk to the Doctor about it." He was
-turning over the leaves of the exercise-book
-while he was talking; and presently, turning
-up one of the cribs, he said, "Look here,
-Stewart; who did this?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I wrote that a month ago, sir," I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, I know you wrote it, but who did the
-construing?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I looked at Swain, and then at the map on
-the wall, for I didn't know who had done it.
-I always did my lessons with Tom and the
-rest, and they managed the cribs somehow,
-and I just copied them off the slips of paper
-Jackson or some of the fellows handed to me.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You have been using cribs, sir," thundered
-Swain; and then he looked round at the
-other fellows, who were all very busy over
-their books.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I wished for once that the schoolroom floor
-was like the ice on the alder pond, and I
-could slip through out of sight, for I couldn't
-tell a direct lie about it; and Swain had
-cornered me so that there was no other way
-of getting out of it. So I said nothing,
-though I knew I should catch it from Tom
-and the rest when we got into the playground,
-for I could see by Swain's looks that he
-suspected cribs had been used by all the lot.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You may go to your seat now, Stewart,
-and I will see Dr. Mellor about this," he said
-at last.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-As soon as ever we got into the playground
-the row began with the other fellows.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Look here, you miserable muff! what
-right have you to get us all into this awful
-scrape?" said Jackson, pulling off his jacket
-ready to fight.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Who says I'm a miserable muff?" I said,
-looking round at the others who had gathered
-near.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, Charley, it was mean of you not to
-open your mouth when you might have saved
-us all by a single word. Swain would have
-believed you if you'd said, 'I haven't been
-cribbing;' and it wouldn't have been
-much of a fib either, for you haven't cribbed
-for nearly a month, I know."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, because I haven't done many lessons
-lately. You may call it a fib if you like, but
-I call it a lie, and you know I hate lying,
-Tom, as you did a little while ago. Now,
-Jackson, do you want to fight it out?" I asked,
-beginning to roll up my shirt-sleeves.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, no, don't fight; things are bad enough
-now, and the governor will be furious if he
-hears you have been fighting," said Tom; and
-he caught hold of Jackson and held him back.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Try and settle it without fighting," said
-one of the other fellows. "I don't suppose
-Stewart meant to get us into a row."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, I didn't," I said. "I only wanted to
-go on the square for myself."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"One of Miss Chandos's tricks for serving
-us out," I heard Jackson whisper to Tom,
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, that's all very well, you see, Stewart,
-but you've been using cribs with us for ever
-so long, and so you must stick to them now."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I shan't," I said. "I mean to act on the
-square."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Go on the square for anything else you
-like, but you mustn't throw us overboard in
-this crib business. We're all in the same boat,
-you see, Charley, and it won't do; the other
-fellows don't like it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Then they can lump it," I said; and I was
-turning away, but Tom ran after me.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Now, be reasonable, old fellow; I've stuck
-up for you," he said, "for Jackson and the
-rest wanted to kick up a row as soon as they
-found you were doing your lessons on the
-square; but I said, 'Let him be a bit, and have
-his own way; he'll soon be glad of cribs
-again.'"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But I don't mean to have anything to do
-with them again, I tell you, Tom; it's
-downright dishonest."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Hoighty toighty&mdash;dishonest! You'll tell
-us next we're all thieves!" said Tom, angrily.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"What's that he says?" asked Collins, who
-happened to hear the last words.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, he's setting up for a Solomon after
-the Chandos pattern; says we are all
-dishonest&mdash;little better than thieves, of course."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"What do you mean, Stewart?" said
-Collins, turning upon me fiercely.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Just what I say&mdash;what I told Tom&mdash;it
-isn't honest to use cribs, and I've done with
-them."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You'll have to ask us about that now,
-Stewart; we've helped you, and we'll do it
-again, though you have served us this shabby
-trick, for it won't do, you know, to have
-another kick-up with Swain about your
-wretched construing. This may blow over,
-but the next won't, and then we shall all be
-in for it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Why don't you give the muff a good
-pommelling?" said Jackson; "he's done no end
-of mischief. It's no better than peaching to
-serve us such a shabby trick. Swain suspects
-us, I know."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Look here, Jackson, a fight will just bring
-the whole thing out, and we shall all be
-condemned to no end of grind if it does. There'll
-be no time for the playground or cricket-field
-or anything else; we shall just be worked like
-galley-slaves, for the governor will have all
-the old lessons done over again by way of
-extra impositions. I know him better than
-you; but if you'll just keep cool and take my
-advice we may all escape."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Now then, boys, listen to the words of the
-sage," said one of the fellows, elbowing his
-way to the front.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Go on, Collins, make us a speech," said another.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"It ain't much of a speech. You must
-give up cribs now."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, that's all cram; we can't do it," said Tom.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"We must."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"We shall all look as interesting as Stewart
-did to-day when we go up. I say, why didn't
-you put your finger in your mouth, Stewart?"
-he asked.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I was too angry to answer, but the rest
-burst into a loud laugh, and I punched one
-fellow's head, but Collins wouldn't let us have
-a fair stand-up fight, and so I walked away,
-leaving them to settle about the cribs as they
-liked; but Tom came to me afterwards, and
-said that the fellows had agreed to use no
-more cribs for a fortnight, but after that I
-must do as the rest did, or they would send
-me to Coventry.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-February 20th.&mdash;Mrs. Chandos is still here
-nursing Frank. I go into his room to see
-him every day for a few minutes; but there
-isn't time for anything now except on half-holidays,
-for it is grind, grind, grind all day
-long, and the worst of it is we get impositions,
-and the masters are cross because all the
-construing is done so badly. I wonder who
-invented cribs. It's an easy way of getting
-over the lessons at first, but a fellow is nicely
-floored if he has to do without them for a bit,
-as we have just now. I fancy, too, that Swain
-suspects what is going on, and is watching to
-catch some of us, for we have heard nothing
-since the day of the row&mdash;not a word more
-about my being sent to the governor.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I wish it wasn't so hard to do everything
-on the square. Chandos says I find it hard
-because I made a bad beginning when I
-came here, and the longer I go on without
-altering this the harder it will be to alter. He
-gave me quite a lecture about this last
-night&mdash;about everything in my life depending upon
-the sort of beginning I make now. I laughed,
-and told him he ought to be a parson, and I
-should expect to see him preaching at some
-street corner if they wouldn't give him a
-gown and pulpit; but though I laughed I
-cannot help thinking he may be right after
-all. I suppose these lessons they give us to
-learn will be useful in some way, and when I
-leave school I shall be supposed to know all
-about them, as Swain thinks I know all about
-the construing in my exercise-book, and it
-may be more awkward by-and-by not to
-know it than it is now. I'll try to think of
-this. Dear old Chandos, I like to tease him
-a bit about his lectures, and yet I like him to
-talk to me as he does.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I can understand now how it is he is so
-grave and quiet. He is the eldest son, and
-his mother talks to him as though he was
-Frank's father. What a pity it is he cannot
-have his wish and be a doctor. It's cruel, I
-think, that people can't have their own way
-about things like this. I couldn't give up
-going to sea, as Chandos has given up his
-wish.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-March 4th.&mdash;The fortnight is up, and cribs
-are coming in fashion again, but everybody is
-very careful, for Swain is still on the look-out,
-I can see. Last night I had a talk with
-Chandos about it, and he says if I am firm
-the boys will not send me to Coventry, as
-they threaten. Jackson and a few others may
-bully me a bit, but the school will not be led
-by them.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-To tell the truth, I am not so much afraid
-of Jackson and that lot as of the endless
-grind I shall have to do to keep on the
-square and do without cribs. I wish I'd
-never begun with them, and it wouldn't be so
-hard now, but once begun, it seems almost
-impossible to leave them off.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I said something of this to Chandos, and
-he said if I asked God's help I should not
-find things so difficult; but I don't see how
-praying can help me with my lessons or
-make them any easier, but still I mean to
-keep on.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-March 12th.&mdash;The fellows are awfully rusty
-because I won't use cribs. Yesterday Tom
-came to talk to me about it&mdash;the first time
-he has spoken for a week, for most of the
-fellows have kept their word, and sent me to
-Coventry for it.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Now look here, Charley, the fellows have
-sent me to speak to you once more&mdash;mind,
-it's the last time&mdash;and if you ain't reasonable
-now you won't have another chance."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"If it is about cribs you can hold your
-tongue, for I've made up my mind long ago,"
-I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, that's all cram. It won't do to come
-over us with that tale, you know, Charley;
-you've used 'em for months and months before
-you came here, I know, and you'll be glad
-enough to use 'em again; but you'll find then
-the fellows won't help you, and so I've come
-to give you one more chance. Now then, yes
-or no?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No," I said, firmly.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, I'm not going to take your answer in
-such a hurry as all that. Just think a bit, old
-fellow, what you'll do when the summer comes,
-and you have to sit stewing over your lessons
-in that musty old class-room while we are in
-the cricket-field. Why, you'll never get that
-big ship of yours finished unless you take to
-cribs again."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I can't help it," I said, sulkily, and wishing
-all the time I could get my lessons done
-sooner.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh yes, you can, and you needn't think
-to cram me with the tale that you are fond of
-grind, because I know better. You hate it
-like poison, and if you weren't afraid of Miss
-Chandos and her slow-going lot you'd take to
-cribs again like a sensible fellow."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Who says I'm afraid of Chandos?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I do, and so do the other fellows; and
-she's just taking all the spirit out of you,
-and making you as big a coward as she is
-herself."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I tell you, Tom, you're mistaken in thinking
-Chandos is a coward, and I'll fight any
-fellow that dares to say so."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, everybody knows you can fight, but
-that isn't the thing. I haven't come to quarrel
-with you, Charley, but to talk over this.
-Look here now, things are getting awfully
-dull and slow. We haven't had a real good
-lark this half, for all our time has to be spent
-in grind."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You and Collins and Jackson always get
-done in good time."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, and a few others besides, but some of
-them talk about giving up cribs through you,
-and it ain't fair. Swain will find out about
-the cribs if you are so much longer over your
-lessons than we are. Mind, this isn't the only
-thing, Charley. We're old chums&mdash;"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"We were at one time, Tom, but I can't
-forget that farm-yard business," I put in.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, botheration to the farm-yard! That
-was months and months ago, and everybody
-has forgotten that, if you haven't."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I'm not so sure of that, Tom," I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Tom put his hands into his pockets and
-whistled. After a minute or two he said,
-"Well, Charley, you'll never be the sailor I
-thought you would."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Bother being a sailor! What's that got
-to do with it?" I said. "You were talking
-about our being chums."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, only this&mdash;sailors don't bear malice
-like you."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I don't bear malice. It isn't that at all.
-You didn't hurt me, except that I felt I'd lost
-my old chum, when you did that sneaking
-business, and let Chandos take your punishment."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, bother Chandos! I'm sick of hearing
-the young lady's name, and I didn't come to
-talk about her, but about these cribs. I tell
-you, Charley, if you don't take them up again
-there'll be no fun this half."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"We can live without fun, I suppose," I
-said, crossly.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I suppose we can, but you were always up
-to anything in that line. But now&mdash;well, there's
-been nothing since the skating but just
-maundering about like a parcel of girls."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Would you like that skating business over
-again?&mdash;because I shouldn't! I do like a good
-lark as well as anybody, but I may as well
-tell you straight out, Tom, I mean to go on
-the square with our larks as well as with
-lessons. I shan't forget how near Frank
-Chandos was to dying for one while, and I
-mean to be careful in that direction for the
-future, for I shouldn't like to be a murderer,
-even in fun."
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p><a id="chap06"></a></p>
-
-<h3>
-CHAPTER VI.
-<br />
-WAS IT ROBBERY?
-</h3>
-
-<p>
-April 13th.&mdash;A month since I wrote up
-my log. I have been home for a few
-days' holiday, but the rest has been all
-grind, and not a single lark. I'm afraid I
-shan't be able to hold out much longer; and
-yet it seems jolly mean when God has made
-Frank Chandos almost well, and saved me
-from being miserable all my life.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I had a letter from Frank yesterday, and
-he says he can run about&mdash;clamber over the
-rocks and build castles in the sand now. I
-wish I was at the seaside, though it would be
-better to be on the sea. I shall run away
-soon to get away from this grind if something
-don't happen, though I'm not sure that it
-wouldn't be as mean as cribbing. The fellows
-have sent me to Coventry over that, and
-everything is as dull as can be. I wish
-something would happen; even a row would be a
-change.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-April 20th.&mdash;Something has happened, or is
-going to happen, at least; and I've laughed
-so much already over it that my sides ached.
-Yesterday morning I heard a knocking at our
-bedroom door just before the dressing-bell
-rang.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Who's there?" I called out.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Hush up and come out here," came a
-whisper through the keyhole.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I knew it was Tom, and though I felt
-inclined to give him a turn at Coventry at
-first, I got up and opened the door.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Now then, what's the row? Have you
-set all the water-jugs on fire?" I asked.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"We want you in our room a minute. Is
-Miss Chandos asleep?" he added.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"It ain't likely, with all the row you've
-been making at this door. What do you
-want, Tom? You know I'm in Coventry."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, you won't be much longer. We'll
-give up about the cribs, Charley; you've beat
-us. But slip on some of your things and
-come into our room. Collins wants to speak
-to you. He's got some news."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"And a hamper too, hasn't he?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, but there wasn't much besides clothes,
-and that's what's put him out."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Does he think I'm to blame, then?" I
-said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, but he thinks you might help him fill
-it. But come on, Charley, now, before Swain
-comes. We must think of something at once."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I shan't be a minute, Chandos," I said,
-slipping my head inside the door; and then I
-followed Tom to his room. This is a good
-deal larger than ours, and has six beds in it,
-Jackson, Collins, and Tom, with three others,
-sleeping here. They were all perched on
-Collins's bed when we went in, talking over
-the matter upon which Tom had been dispatched.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I say, Stewart, you'll promise us, first of
-all, not to tell what goes on here, even if you
-shouldn't join the fun?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Did you ever know me to turn sneak, any
-of you fellows?" I asked, rather angrily.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You need not get your back up, Stewart;
-we only asked you a civil question, and you
-might give us a civil answer. It's all right,
-though; I don't believe you'd peach."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, I wouldn't."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, I believe you. Now, look here.
-The governor's birthday is on the twenty-fourth,
-and we shall have a holiday&mdash;a whole
-holiday, this year, as I happen to know; for I
-overheard Swain talking about the weather
-being unusually fine, and the boys having
-worked very steadily lately; they were to have
-the whole day to spend at Dinglewell.
-You've never been to Dinglewell, have you,
-Stewart?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, but I've heard about it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, it's the jolliest place! and we can do
-pretty much as we like in the woods. There's
-only one thing they're mean about, and that's
-the grub. Sandwiches and stale buns I don't
-relish, especially when I think of the pantry
-shelves almost cracking with the good things
-at home; for you must know there's always a
-grand dinner-party in the evening, and cook
-begins preparing for it days beforehand. I
-tell you, Stewart, it's enough to make a
-fellow's mouth water to see the pies and tarts
-and custards standing there."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You're not obliged to look at them, I
-suppose?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, it's not the looking at them I object to,
-but the not tasting; and I mean to remedy
-that this year. Are you game for a lark?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Just try me, that's all!" I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Charley's good for any lark that don't
-hurt anybody," said Tom.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Then this will fit him as nicely as
-possible, for nobody will be hurt. Even the
-governor himself will laugh over it, and we
-shall have a jolly feed into the bargain."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You mean to have some of the pies and
-tarts out of cook's pantry, then?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Exactly, old fellow. You'd help us, I
-know."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"What am I to do?" I asked; "and how
-are you going to get them away&mdash;put them
-in your pockets?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Pockets be bothered! No, everybody
-knows I had a hamper from home yesterday,
-and I mean to let the school think it was
-stuffed full of good things, and that I mean to
-save them until we go to Dinglewell."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, I see," I said, laughing; but there
-wasn't time to say any more, for the bell rang,
-and I was obliged to hurry back to my room,
-for there's no telling when or where Swain
-will turn up in the morning.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Chandos looked at me when I got back,
-but he would not ask any questions, and of
-course I can't split on the other fellows.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Later in the day I had another talk with
-Collins about clearing the larder, and we
-agreed to do it the night before we went to
-Dinglewell; and the things were to be packed
-in his hamper, and Swain is to be asked
-beforehand to let it go in the cart with the
-other grub and things. This is the best of
-the whole fun, to think Swain should help us
-clear the governor's larder. I laughed until
-Collins declared I should bring it all out and
-spoil it. I wouldn't be out of this fun for
-anything. I only wish I could be at home
-when cook finds it out. I'd give my share of
-the fun to see the scare.
-</p>
-
-<p class="capcenter">
-<a id="img-078"></a>
-<img class="imgcenter" src="images/img-078.jpg" alt="CLEARING THE LARDER." />
-<br />
-CLEARING THE LARDER.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-April 23rd.&mdash;I've only time for a line before
-Chandos comes in, and the other fellows don't
-want him to know anything of what's going
-on. We've done it&mdash;cleared the larder of
-every pie and custard we could get hold of.
-I thought we should be caught once, and my
-hair almost stood on end as I heard cook's
-voice outside the door; but she went on, and
-so did we. I handed the things to Collins
-through the window, and each fellow in the
-secret took something and stole up to his
-room with it, and now they are all safely
-packed in the hamper, and Swain has
-promised it shall go in the cart. Poor old
-Swain, if he only knew what he had
-promised! But he'll never know that he helped
-to clear the governor's pantry, although he'll
-pull a long face to-morrow when he comes
-home and finds there's precious little to eat.
-The best of the fun is, they won't find out
-that they're gone until dinner is nearly ready,
-for the precious things were packed on the
-top shelves out of the way, and I nearly broke
-my neck once trying to reach them. I
-wonder what Chandos will say about this
-when he hears of it? He is looking forward
-to the fun we shall have in the woods
-to-morrow as much as anybody. I wonder
-whether he would think this innocent fun?
-I don't think I shall go to the feed, though
-I helped to get the things, for Collins won't
-ask him, which I think is rather mean of him,
-considering that Chandos had to stay here for
-the Easter holidays, while the rest of us went
-home for a fortnight.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I wonder what we shall do with the dishes
-when we've eaten the pies! We can't bring
-'em home, that's certain, and Swain mustn't
-see them either, and he'll expect to be invited,
-for Collins has pitched him a fine yarn about
-the things his mother has sent for this feed.
-I must ask Collins what he means to do
-about this, for if we don't look out the
-crockery will spoil the whole game. What
-a pity it is they can't make pies without
-dishes! I almost wish I'd only brought those
-little tarts that Collins carried away in his
-handkerchief. They got broken a bit, and
-some of the jam ran out, but they're just as
-good broken as whole, and there's no dishes
-to worry about. Bother the dishes! I must
-go and speak to him about them before
-Chandos comes up. I wonder why he is
-downstairs so long after time. Surely he
-can't have any mischief on hand!
-</p>
-
-<p>
-April 25th.&mdash;Our holiday is over, and the
-fun too; but I'm afraid we haven't heard the
-last of the governor's pies. If he only knew
-what a bother they were to us after all, and
-how often we wished them back in the pantry
-even before we had eaten them, he would feel
-more comfortable about it, I should think, for
-it's the last time I'll ever have anything to do
-with robbing a larder, even for a lark. It was
-all through the dishes. Nobody knew how
-we were to get rid of them, and some of the
-fellows got so frightened they wanted to pitch
-the whole lot away. But we couldn't do
-that, even if Collins and Jackson would have
-agreed to it, for the hamper had gone in the
-cart, and we couldn't get at it until Swain
-said, soon after we reached Dinglewell,
-"Would you like your hamper left with the
-other things until dinner-time, Collins?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I don't think so, sir, Stewart and
-Jackson, and a few more of us, are going to look
-for ferns, and so we can carry the hamper,
-and if we shouldn't get back by dinner-time
-it won't matter."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I don't know so much about that," said
-Swain, turning rather rusty; "I cannot let you
-stray miles off. You may take the hamper,
-of course, but you must not go beyond the
-old tower, and then I shall know where to
-find you if you are wanted."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"The contrary old hunks&mdash;he's never done
-that before!" grumbled Collins, as we turned
-away, carrying the hamper between us.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-We didn't feel very jolly about the thing
-now, and I wished I could back out of it and
-join the football party with Chandos and the
-rest. We might have been carrying a coffin
-with the body of somebody we'd killed, by the
-solemn way we marched along. As soon as
-we were away from Swain and the rest I said,
-"Now let's pitch all the rubbish down the first
-hole we can find."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"That's your own throat, I suppose, Stewart,"
-said Jackson.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, I don't want a bit; I've had enough
-thinking of the dishes," I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, hang the dishes! I wish you hadn't
-thought of them at all, or had left them in the
-pantry," said Collins.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, I like that&mdash;after dragging me into
-the scrape to grumble at me for helping!
-Now, look here, I've had enough of the fun,
-and will give up the feed to you, and go back
-to the rest, if you like."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"And leave me to take care of the precious
-dishes! I knew you were a coward, Stewart."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, I'm not a coward, and I'll stay and
-see it out, if you like. We must smash the
-dishes up, you know, and throw the bits about.
-Swain will never see anything of them then."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Bravo, Charley! What a pity we hadn't
-thought of that before! Now, then, let's find
-a place where we can be sure to be to
-ourselves, and when we've cleared out the good
-things we'll begin the smashing business."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-It did not take us long to demolish the pies
-and custards, and each dish as it was emptied
-was broken into pieces, and we amused
-ourselves by throwing these as far as we could in
-every direction.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-It was quite a relief when the last tart was
-eaten and the last dish scattered, and I then
-proposed returning to the others, for, our
-penance over, surely we might have some play
-now.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You forget we've come fern-grubbing," said
-Collins. "I propose that, as we have robbed
-the governor of his dinner, we should take him
-something for his fernery. It will help to
-ward off suspicion, too, I should think; it
-ought, I am sure."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I am not at all sure," I said, "and I know
-nothing about ferns either."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"He wants to get back to his nurse,"
-laughed Jackson.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Miss Chandos said he mustn't be long,"
-put in Tom, provokingly; but the next minute
-he had measured his length on the ground, for
-if I did want to have a game with Chandos I
-wasn't going to be told of it by Tom.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Then the fellows all turned rusty, and
-there was something of a fight, until about
-the middle of the afternoon we were so tired
-of each other and our fruitless search for ferns
-that we threw the hamper away and went
-back to the rest.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I knew you wouldn't get any ferns," said
-Swain, when he heard of the result of our
-expedition. "I suppose you have had your
-dinner?" he added, speaking rather stiffly.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, sir," answered Collins; and we were
-glad to turn away, for we fancied he looked at
-us very suspiciously.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-We had certainly missed the fun to-day in
-our eagerness to grasp it; for seven more
-disagreeable, disconsolate boys it would be
-hard to find than we, as we sauntered towards
-the two football parties, who were running,
-shouting, laughing, and evidently enjoying
-the game wonderfully.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-There seemed to be no room for us now,
-and we stood about watching the fun as it
-grew more fast and furious. Chandos saw
-me at last, and ran across to where I was
-standing.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Why, Stewart, where have you been all
-day? What made you run away from this
-football? It has been such glorious play!"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I'm glad you've enjoyed it. I've been with
-Collins and the rest to look for some ferns."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"To look for ferns! Why, Collins must
-know that ferns don't grow in Dinglewell
-Forest; at least, I never saw any," said
-Chandos.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I don't think they do, for we couldn't
-find them either, and so we came back."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, you'll join the game now, won't
-you? Come on, we'll make room for you."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, I don't care about it to-day," I said,
-for I began to feel a kind of dizziness in my
-head. I had felt sick for the last hour, but
-this pain in my head was something quite
-new, and I began to fear I should be ill.
-Certainly I had no inclination to join in the
-<i>mêlée</i> over the ball, and only wanted to be
-left alone.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-The miserable day came to an end at last,
-and I was glad enough to go home and go to
-bed, and I fancy Tom and one or two of the
-others felt as bad as I did, although nobody
-complained or even owned to having a
-headache, for fear Swain should suspect us when
-he heard of the robbery. Robbery! what an
-ugly word that is! But of course it isn't as
-though we really stole things; we only took
-the pies for fun, which is different from
-common stealing, only we missed the fun
-altogether this time.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-We expected to hear all about the affair
-when we came home&mdash;that the cook had gone
-into hysterics and the governor fainted, or
-something like that; but we did not hear a
-single word, and of course we couldn't ask.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Yesterday we did hear a little bit from the
-housemaid; but she didn't know who the
-governor suspected. She thought it was
-burglars, and of course we said it must be,
-and sent the whisper through the school that
-burglars had broken into the pantry.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-One of the juniors was so frightened at the
-word "robbers," that he went and asked
-Swain if he thought they would come any
-more, or whether he had better write and ask
-his mamma to send for him.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Who has been telling you this tale about
-burglars and robbers? It is nothing to be
-afraid of. Burglars such as you are thinking
-of don't come to steal pies and custards. We
-shall find out the thief or thieves very soon,
-I have no doubt."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I have been wondering ever since I heard
-this whether Swain suspects us after all, or
-whether he just said it to pacify the youngster.
-Not a word has been said about it by the
-governor, and so I am inclined to think we
-shall get off without any further punishment.
-It will only be fair after all, for if the governor
-knew how his precious pies spoiled all our
-holiday, and how miserable and sick they
-made us feel, he wouldn't want to serve us
-out any more by way of making us remember
-it. I'm not likely to forget or repeat it again,
-for a day like that is worse than the hardest
-grind at Euclid.
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p><a id="chap07"></a></p>
-
-<h3>
-CHAPTER VII.
-<br />
-A SURPRISE.
-</h3>
-
-<p>
-April 30th.&mdash;There's been a most awful
-row, and the fellows say I turned rat&mdash;at
-least, Jackson and Collins have sent
-me to Coventry over it; but I should do it
-again if there was the same occasion, for how
-could I let a poor servant lose her place and
-her character through one of my larks? The
-governor must be a drivelling donkey not to
-suspect us instead of the servants.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I always fancied that Swain did smell a
-rat until Young came tearing up to me with
-the tale that the police were to be sent for to
-search the kitchen-maid's boxes.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Why, what's the row now?" I asked.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"They can't find out anything clear about
-those pies; but it's pretty certain the
-kitchen-maid has been giving away bread and meat,
-which, it seems, is against the rules, and they
-think she has handed the pies away too&mdash;sold
-them, perhaps."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Sold your grandmother! Young, you're
-not such a muff as to think the servants did
-that, are you?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I don't know what to think. It couldn't
-be burglars, you know."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Of course not, it was us. I did most of
-the business, and I'm off to the governor now
-to tell him all about it;" and, leaving Young
-staring with all his eyes, I rushed indoors past
-Swain, who stood near the schoolroom door,
-and bolted on to the master's study. I could
-hardly wait for him to say "Come in;" but
-when I opened the door all my courage
-seemed to have gone, and I felt ready to run
-away again.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Did you wish to speak to me, Stewart?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, sir; please, sir, it's about the pies," I
-said, hardly knowing how to begin.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You mean the robbery that has been
-committed lately?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Please, sir, I never thought about it's being
-a robbery when I took them."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You took them! You robbed my pantry,
-Stewart?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"It wasn't a robbery, sir&mdash;it was only a
-lark. I did not want the pies to eat; it was
-just for the fun."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"And what did you do with them?" asked
-the governor, sternly.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, sir, Mr. Swain helped us get
-them away, although he didn't know it;" and
-then bit by bit it all came out. I tried to
-screen Collins and the rest, but somehow there
-was no getting over the governor's close
-questions, and he sent for them, and gave us all a
-lecture and then a long imposition. I hate
-impositions and all sorts of grind, but I didn't
-mind that so much, for after all the governor
-didn't give it us so stiff as he might&mdash;as I
-thought he would; and that poor girl is not
-to lose her place after all.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I thought when the impositions were got
-over there would be an end of the affair; but
-it seems I shall for ever be nagged about
-it&mdash;called a rat, a sneak, a coward. Tom says I
-need not have been in such a hurry to run
-off to the governor&mdash;that if the police had
-come they would not have found the empty
-dishes in her box, and so she would not have
-lost her place, and we could still have kept
-our secret.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Chandos, too, talks something like the
-governor. According to them it was an
-actual robbery, although I did it in fun. The
-result was the same, they say, and it might
-have led to disastrous consequences if I had
-not told the whole truth about it; and then
-he went on to say it was not keeping the
-promise I had made when Frank was so ill.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, how in the world is a fellow to keep
-straight for ever?" I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"What pleasure did you get out of this?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"None at all, as it happened, and it's the
-last pantry I'll rob; but still&mdash;" and there I
-stopped.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I suppose you mean to say you will get
-into some other mischief at the first
-opportunity?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, how am I to keep out of it?" I
-asked.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"What pleasure did you ever get by it?
-Now, I know you did not enjoy the holiday at
-Dinglewell as I did, and yet&mdash;"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, that I didn't," I said; "it was the most
-miserable day I ever spent, and I'll never rob
-a pantry any more, even for fun. I tell you,
-Chandos, I'd like to keep straight if I could,
-but how can I? I've tried, and tried hard, ever
-since that affair of poor Frank's. I've never
-touched a crib since, I give you my word, and
-you don't know how hard it is to leave off
-when once you've begun on that tack."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I know it must be hard work, and I think
-you have done very well in resisting as you
-have the temptation to use cribs; but you
-might have done better, Stewart, if you were
-not so proud."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Proud!" I said. "Nobody ever called
-me that before. Sailors are never proud, you
-know."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, you are, or you would accept the
-help a Friend is waiting to give you if you
-were not."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Now, Chandos, that isn't fair," I said.
-"I have always been willing to accept help
-and take advice from you."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I wasn't speaking of myself, but of One
-who cares for you far more than I do, although
-I feel sorry enough when you go wrong, and
-get into scrapes, and make people miserable,
-as you often do through your thoughtlessness."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I suppose you mean my mother? But I
-tell you, Chandos, she expects it&mdash;she knows
-boys can't keep out of mischief."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But I know they can; and it wasn't your
-mother I was thinking of just now, but God."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But&mdash;but you don't think He cares much
-about it, do you, Chandos? He can't, you
-know."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You believe that I care, don't you&mdash;at
-least a little?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, yes, I do, for you have always been
-my friend, and helped me out of a scrape, and
-given me good advice; but&mdash;but it's different
-about God," I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Why is it different? He is your Friend,
-who cares far more for your welfare than I
-do, and He is more anxious to see you do
-well&mdash;live a pure, honest, upright life&mdash;than
-I can be; and yet you will not accept the help
-He alone can give, and by which alone you
-can conquer this inclination to get into
-mischief and often do such great wrong."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"God is my Friend?" I repeated. "Look
-here, Chandos, if I could believe that&mdash;well,
-I don't know what I should do, but somehow
-I should want to be different. I almost wish
-it could be true."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"It is true, Stewart, as true as truth, as true
-as you and I are standing here. I wish you
-would believe that God feels a personal
-interest in you, as much as though you were
-the only schoolboy in the world."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I wish I could. But somehow, Chandos,
-it seems so strange&mdash;too wonderful, you know,
-to be true, that God&mdash;the great God who
-made heaven and earth&mdash;can care for a
-harum-scarum lot like us."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, it is wonderful; but you know the
-Lord Jesus Christ cared so much for this
-harum-scarum world and all the people in it
-that He was content to die&mdash;to lay down His
-life to bring them to God."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, I've heard something about it in
-church; and since I've been trying to do the
-square thing and write bits of the sermon,
-I've heard about it there too; but then it
-never seemed to me that it could be for boys.
-God the friend of boys like me? Why, look
-here, Chandos; if the governor was to proclaim
-himself my friend it would be an honour, you
-know; but look at the difference! I take it
-that you mean I could go and tell God about
-every little scrape and trouble I got into, and
-He would help me out of it?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Or help you to bear it, as the case might be.
-That is exactly what I do mean, Stewart."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You do; and you believe it?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Believe it; of course I believe it. I don't
-know how I should get on if I did not,"
-said Chandos; and I am sure he spoke truly.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, perhaps I may come to believe it
-too some day, but I can't now&mdash;not just in
-the way you do. Of course I know we ought
-to pray and do the square thing; but as long
-as we do that and go to church it always
-seemed to me that God wouldn't trouble
-Himself about us any further. I have been
-doing the square thing too lately; at least,
-I've tried at it, and isn't that enough?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But, Stewart, according to your belief, we
-should all be the slaves of God&mdash;doing just
-what we were obliged, for fear of punishment,
-and no more. God does not ask, will
-not accept such service as that. Don't you
-remember the text of last Sunday, 'My son,
-give Me thine heart,' and what the minister
-said of God desiring our will, our affection to
-be given to Him? The service would follow
-then quite naturally, he said; and when I
-heard it I was thinking of you&mdash;thinking you
-had begun at the wrong end, trying to force
-yourself into giving God service without any
-heart or love or pleasure in it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, you're about right, Chandos," I said;
-"but I don't see how it could be different.
-God made Frank well, and I promised that if
-He would do that and save me from being
-miserable all my life I'd do the square thing;
-and I'm not mean enough to back out of the
-bargain if I can help it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But, Stewart, you do not surely think
-that God answered our prayers for Frank
-just because He wanted to tie you to this
-miserable bondage&mdash;for it is bondage,
-slavery&mdash;this service which you know ought to be
-and is 'perfect freedom' to those who begin
-at the right end, and not the wrong&mdash;by
-giving their hearts&mdash;their will and love to
-God."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, I don't know. Of course God wants
-me to be good, I suppose."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But He would never take such an advantage
-of us as you suppose&mdash;making a bargain
-with us, as it were. No, no, Stewart, you
-have made a great mistake about this. God
-heard and answered our prayers because He
-pitied our distress and loved you too well to let
-the miserable consequences of your thoughtless
-mischief follow you through all your life; and
-you ought to return love for love, and not
-treat God as though you thought Him a hard
-taskmaster."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, I don't know; you may be right,
-Chandos, but I don't see how I am to begin.
-What a pity it is you are not going to be a
-parson!"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I couldn't help saying that, and I meant it
-too.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-May 5th.&mdash;Something has happened that I
-never thought did happen anywhere except
-in books. Chandos, that so many of the boys
-have looked down upon as being poor and
-beneath them, because he never seemed to
-have any pocket money to spend, like the rest
-of us, has suddenly become a baronet&mdash;Sir
-Eustace Chandos, of Chandos Court, and I
-don't know how many other places besides. It
-came upon us like a thunderbolt, for Chandos
-never told us his uncle was a baronet, or that
-he had any relatives but the merchant uncle.
-He did tell me a few weeks ago that he had
-just heard of the sudden death of his two
-cousins, but he did not say any more, except
-that he had not seen them above twice in his
-life. I suppose he may have thought it would
-make no great difference to him, as his uncle
-was not a very old man; but now his uncle has
-just died too, and our Miss Chandos becomes
-Sir Eustace. Well, I only wish his uncle had
-put off dying a little bit longer&mdash;just till I felt
-more settled about things; but now I feel
-sure I shall run away to sea if the mother
-don't come round and give her consent.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-May 12th.&mdash;Bravo! Sir Eustace is not
-going to leave us just yet. It seems his
-brother Frank is just coming back, and he
-prefers to stay another year, and then he will
-go to college, I suppose. It don't seem to
-have made a bit of difference in him either.
-I thought perhaps he might like to drop our
-friendship now he was so rich and I still poor
-Charley Stewart, but he seemed hurt at the
-bare suggestion, and so I am to call him
-Chandos as usual, and we shall share the
-room just the same as though nothing had
-happened. I have thought a good deal about
-this the last two days. I know a good many
-fellows would have packed up their traps and
-gone off at once, or else held their heads so
-high that a poor chap like me would never be
-able to speak to them; and I've been wondering
-whether it's Chandos having learned so
-many things about God that makes him different
-in this. I've thought, too, that perhaps
-after all, as Chandos is just as willing to be
-my friend now he is Sir Eustace, that God
-may be my friend, as he said, though I can
-hardly get used to the thought yet.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-May 20th.&mdash;There has been a tremendous
-row over the prize essay by which Tom won
-the watch last Christmas. After all this time,
-when everybody thought it was
-forgotten&mdash;though a good many of us did wonder then
-how Tom managed it&mdash;now it is found out
-that it was all made up of cribs, some taken
-from books, and some from notes that one of
-the older fellows lost. Somebody must have
-turned rat, Tom says. He is in an awful rage
-at having to give up the watch, but the
-governor insisted; and now Tom is as dull
-and looks as miserable as he can be, for the
-school has sent him to Coventry over it, which
-is very mean, I think, seeing they upheld him
-last winter, when a good many at least knew he
-had no right to try for this prize. He must
-wish he had let Chandos take his chance now,
-I should think. I cannot help pitying him,
-and Chandos and I have agreed not to join
-the school this time, though the other fellows
-threaten us with Coventry for speaking to
-Tom as we do.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-The sea fever, as Chandos calls it, has
-suddenly seized Tom again, and he is always
-talking about it, as though we were both sure
-of going. I wish we were; but Tom's father
-says he has no real liking for it, and therefore
-won't let him go, and my mother is afraid.
-Oh dear! if mother would only give her
-consent! but she never will, I am afraid, and there
-will be nothing for it but to run away. Tom
-says we had better make up our minds to go
-from here before next Christmas. If it wasn't
-for the talks I've had with Chandos I'd do it;
-but I think I must give the mother one more
-chance, and see if I can't persuade her in the
-holidays to let me go. I wish I could think
-of something to please her very much; I'd do
-anything to get her consent to my going to sea.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-June 4th.&mdash;I've been talking to Chandos.
-He says I have got the sea fever very bad
-this time, and he is afraid some of the other
-boys will catch the infection. I know what
-he means. He is afraid his brother may learn
-to like the sea from hearing so much about it
-from Tom, for the two are always together
-now. But I don't think he need to be afraid,
-Frank would never do for the sea, I am sure.
-He has persuaded me not to tease my mother
-too much about these plans of mine these
-holidays, but to go in for lots of grind next
-half, and get a prize at Christmas, and then,
-perhaps, when she sees I have really been
-industrious with my lessons, and yet love the
-sea as dearly as ever, she will be more likely
-to yield.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-The plan may be a good one&mdash;I think it is,
-but it's precious hard. Grind is not quite such
-a trouble as it was at first, but still it's bad
-enough; and what with no cribs, and the
-extra I shall have to do if I am to have a
-chance of taking a prize, it is just enough to
-turn my brain. I scratch my head and pull
-a long face every time I think of it, but still I
-think I will try it, hard as it is.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-June 12th.&mdash;Mrs. Chandos has sent a very
-pressing invitation for mamma and me to pay
-them a visit at Chandos Court, and of course
-Sir Eustace is quite eager that I should accept
-it. Not that he wants to show off his grandeur,
-I could never believe that of Chandos.
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p><a id="chap08"></a></p>
-
-<h3>
-CHAPTER VIII.
-<br />
-RUNNING AWAY TO SEA.
-</h3>
-
-<p>
-August.&mdash;We are back at school once
-more, and I am going to begin grinding
-in real earnest for this prize. The mater
-has half consented, or at least half promised, to
-give her consent if I get this prize. Mrs. Chandos
-talked her into this, I fancy, while we were
-staying at the Court. What a jolly time we
-had there, in spite of its being awfully grand!
-Everybody calls Chandos the "young baronet"
-about there, and people touch their caps
-to him as though he were a great swell, as I
-suppose he is. I never thought there was so
-much fun in him as I know there is now. He
-seems to love fun as much as any of us, only
-he is very careful that his pleasure does not
-give any one else pain, which makes all the
-difference in our way of getting fun; and I
-fancy his enjoyment of it is deeper after all.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-September 1st.&mdash;There is to be an extra
-prize given for Latin this year, and the
-examination is to take place early in December.
-Chandos wants me to go in for this, but I am
-half afraid. It will want such lots of grind.
-He says learning would not be so much
-trouble to me if I would only make up my
-mind to like it; but I don't think I shall ever
-do this. But still I must get one prize at
-Christmas somehow; and having done my
-lessons so long on the square, without even
-touching a crib, I think I may manage it
-without quite killing myself.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-September 14th.&mdash;I wish prizes had never
-been invented&mdash;never been thought of. I
-believe it's done just to plague boys. Here
-we are working like galley slaves; and if I
-don't go on grind, grind, Chandos whispers,
-"You forget the prize&mdash;you are going to sea." No,
-I don't forget it; I have been thinking of
-it more than ever lately, and so has Tom.
-He means to run away and get to Liverpool
-before the winter sets in, and of course
-he wants me to go with him, and calls me
-"rat" and "coward" because I will not
-promise. Of course I don't mean to split on
-him, for I can't help wishing I could go too;
-but somehow, now that it seems possible I
-may get my mother's consent to go in a
-proper manner&mdash;go as a midshipman in the
-Navy&mdash;I would rather wait, although I do
-hate the grind.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Chandos says I shall have to grind harder
-still if I go to the Naval College at
-Greenwich; but I won't mind that so much, for
-the grind will be about ships and navigation,
-and not the stupid things we have to learn
-here.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-October 12th.&mdash;Tom means to go. Everything
-is so miserable here, he says. The
-fellows have been rather hard upon him, I
-think, considering they all backed him up to
-keep Chandos out of trying for the watch last
-year. Well, he don't want a watch now, but
-he's going in for as much grind as though he
-did, or as though he was still poor, and going
-to mount his uncle's office stool, instead of
-living in all the glory of Chandos Court. But
-I began about Tom. He means to be missing
-some fine morning, and to make his way
-to Liverpool. He thinks he shall be sure to
-get a ship there, and is to write to me and his
-father just before he sails. He don't mean to
-write to the governor at all, because he was
-so mean about the watch. We always talked
-about selling that to pay our expenses on the
-road, for of course Tom don't want to beg;
-and to save him from this I have given him
-all the pocket-money I had left, which was
-only half-a-crown and twopence, for I never
-can keep money long, now that old woman
-with the bulls'-eyes comes to the playground
-gate so often. Poor Tom! I wish I had more
-I could give him, for things have been pretty
-hard for him here lately, though I dare say he
-deserved it for the mean trick he served
-Chandos. What a scare it will be when they
-first find out that Tom has gone! I shall
-have to keep quiet, though&mdash;hear, see, and
-say nothing, as they tell the youngsters, for I
-cannot pretend to be anxious when I know
-all about it, and I don't mean to split on Tom.
-Sometimes I fancy that Chandos minor is in
-the secret. Tom is stupid if he lets too many
-know what he is up to. I should have kept
-my own counsel, and not let Chandos know
-this.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-October 14th.&mdash;The house is all in
-commotion. Nothing has gone on in its proper
-order, and everybody seems to be wondering
-what will happen next. Tom has gone&mdash;run
-away to sea, as the boys are whispering to
-each other; but that is not the worst. I
-knew he meant going when he said "Good
-night" to me last night, and so I risked the
-imposition I might get, and stayed in my
-room this morning until Chandos came
-rushing in, looking white and scared.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Is Frank here, Stewart?" he said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Frank?&mdash;no, I haven't seen him," I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Then he's gone&mdash;gone with Haslitt," he
-said, dropping into a chair. "Did you know
-anything about this, Stewart?" he asked.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I knew that Tom meant to go some time.
-I've told you the same."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But about Frank&mdash;what have you heard
-about him? Tell me instantly, Stewart.
-Think of my poor mother."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I don't believe your brother has gone
-with Tom. He isn't such a muff as to do
-that."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You forget the sea fever that we used to
-tease him about in the holidays."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, I know we teased him, but nobody
-could ever think Frank would be fit for sea.
-Tom didn't, I know."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But he's taken him&mdash;they're gone away
-together, I'm certain."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, nonsense, Chandos. Look here, now,
-you mustn't split on Tom, or say a word to
-the governor that I know anything about it;
-but I've talked to Tom lots of times about
-this, but he never said a word about anybody
-else going with him. He wanted me to go, of
-course, but, failing me, he should have to go
-alone, he said."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But where can Frank be? Nobody has
-seen him this morning, and most of his clothes
-and all his money have gone&mdash;I have been to
-look."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, if I thought&mdash;" and then I stopped.
-"Look here, I can't split on Tom unless I am
-quite sure that young muff has really gone.
-Don't tell what I have said, Chandos; but if
-they are together, Tom is the greatest stupid
-I ever heard of, for he might be sure I should
-tell all I knew then, and I will too. Fancy
-that poor little muff Frank handling tarred
-ropes&mdash;he'd want to put his gloves on first!" and
-I burst out laughing at the thought of
-Chandos minor going to sea. Chandos Court
-would do for him nicely, but on board a ship
-he would be in misery.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Chandos left me laughing, but soon came back.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Stewart, you must go to the governor and
-tell him all you know about this affair. There
-is no time to be lost, you see, for somebody
-must go after them. A carriage has been
-ordered, and Swain is to go with a policeman;
-but if they find out before starting which
-road they have probably taken, perhaps it
-may save hours, perhaps days, of delay."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, I know Tom meant to go to Liverpool;
-he told me so over and over again."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, come and tell the Doctor before he
-sends off the telegram to Haslitt's father."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Is he going to send to your mother too?"
-I asked.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Not just yet. I want to spare my mother
-this anxiety if I can. It was for this&mdash;to look
-after Frank a little longer, because he is
-inclined to get into mischief, that I decided
-to stay here for the rest of the year, but it
-seems I am of little use in preventing the
-mischief. But come now, Stewart, every
-moment is precious."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-So we tore off to the Doctor's study, where
-he was closeted with a policeman.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"If you please, sir, Stewart has come to tell
-you something about Haslitt," said Chandos,
-pushing me forward.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I don't know much, sir, only he said he
-was going to Liverpool. I shouldn't have
-split about it only for little Chandos, and
-he&mdash;"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"When did he tell you this, Stewart? You
-came to school together, I remember."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, sir, we are old chums, and he had
-talked about going to Liverpool lots of
-times."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"You meant to go together, then, young
-gentleman?" said the policeman.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes; I mean to go to sea, but I'll wait
-till I get my mother's consent now. Young
-Chandos, though, isn't fit for the sea, and he
-mustn't go."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"And you think they have taken the road
-to Liverpool, young gentleman?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I am sure they have."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"And how do you think they meant to
-travel?" asked the policeman again.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, they'd walk, unless Chandos junior
-had lots of tin, and that ain't likely; for
-Mother Brown makes us shell out for her
-bulls'-eyes."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Do you know how much money your
-brother had, Chandos?" asked the governor.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Not much, sir, I should think. He came
-to borrow some of me yesterday, but I only
-gave him a shilling."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Then we may conclude they are walking,"
-said the policeman; and a few minutes
-afterwards he and Swain drove away, and we
-have been wondering ever since whether they
-would catch the runaways."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-October 20th.&mdash;Nobody heard anything
-about Tom and Chandos until yesterday, for
-they didn't go to Liverpool after all, and so
-Swain and the policeman had their journey
-for nothing. Mr. Haslitt got here a few
-hours after the telegram was sent, and asked
-me all about Tom; but he was too impatient
-to wait until Swain got back at night, as
-everybody expected he would do, but went
-off to London to set people to work at once,
-in case they were not heard of. It was just
-as well he did, too, for Tom must have
-changed his mind at the last minute, and
-started for Plymouth instead of Liverpool,
-for that was where he was found&mdash;he and
-Chandos&mdash;wandering about the docks asking
-everybody if they wanted a boy to go to sea.
-Fancy anybody taking that poor little muff
-Chandos! And it seems Tom might have got
-a berth for himself, but he wouldn't go without
-Chandos, so they were both caught, and I'm
-glad of it&mdash;glad at least that they found
-Chandos minor, though I can't help feeling
-sorry for Tom, for he'll have a harder time of
-it than ever now, I fancy.
-</p>
-
-<p class="capcenter">
-<a id="img-109"></a>
-<img class="imgcenter" src="images/img-109.jpg" alt="&quot;DO YOU WANT A BOY TO GO TO SEA?&quot;" />
-<br />
-&quot;DO YOU WANT A BOY TO GO TO SEA?&quot;
-</p>
-
-<p>
-His father is very angry with him, not only
-for this last scrape, but about pretty well
-everything that's happened since he's been
-here; for of course it all came out in talking
-to the governor and the boys, and that watch
-affair he is mad about, and thinks it began all
-the mischief. But I think the beginning of it
-was when he let Chandos into that scrape
-about the farm-yard&mdash;that was the first mean
-thing I ever knew Tom to do; and now if it
-wasn't actual stealing it was next to it, for he
-put Chandos minor up to taking his brother's
-studs and a locket that was with them. The
-police found that out; I don't know what
-those London fellows could not find out if
-they tried. Nobody had missed the things
-until we heard they had been found, and then
-Chandos went to the drawer where he had
-put them and found they were gone, and
-some money too; but he won't say a word
-about the money, it seems. He is dreadfully
-upset, I know, although he is very quiet about
-it; but I have come in rather suddenly once
-or twice in the middle of the day, and found
-him kneeling down, and though he has tried
-to hide it, I know he was crying too. He
-need not be afraid of me now, though, for
-I'd&mdash;well I'd rather kick up a row and laugh in
-church than tell the other fellows of it. I'm
-in the secret a little. I know he feels it
-awfully about Frank, and I suppose it helps
-him a bit to go and tell God all about it.
-That's just what it is, I know. He prays as
-though God was as much his friend as I am
-and just as ready to help him as I should be
-if I could; and I know if I'd only got the
-chance I'd do it.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-October 24th.&mdash;Frank Chandos is back in
-his place once more, but Tom has gone home
-with his father. I don't think anybody is
-likely to try running away again in a hurry,
-for to see Tom and Chandos minor when the
-policeman brought them in was enough to
-make anybody think twice before they tried
-that game. That poor little muff Chandos
-cried like a girl, but Tom tried to brave it out
-until he saw his father. He gave it up then,
-and I almost wished for his sake that we were
-all on the alder pond again, for a more
-miserable look I never saw on any face than that
-on Tom's. His head drooped, and he never
-raised his eyes from the floor again while
-we were there.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Poor old Tom! if he could only have been
-brave enough to speak out the truth last year
-about that farm-yard business, all the rest
-might not have followed.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-But this fuss about him and Chandos minor
-has put everything else out of my head, and
-I have forgotten all about the prize and the
-grind too. What a bother prizes are! I'm
-afraid I shall stand a poor chance of getting
-this one now, for the other fellows who mean
-to go in for it have been working like galley
-slaves all the time this row was going on, but
-I couldn't, and Chandos seemed to forget
-everything but that little muff, and so I am
-all behind, I know.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Chandos says I shall be able to make up
-for lost time now if I only work steadily every
-day, but there's the rub. How can I be sure
-that I can work steadily for more than a
-month? Fancy grinding without a lazy spell
-for a whole month! I'm sure I couldn't do
-it, and so I may as well give up at once. I
-think I will, for what is the use of trying now?
-It will be so much grind thrown away. And
-we are having such splendid weather now, that
-won't last much longer, that it seems a pity
-to be boring over a book a single minute
-longer than I am obliged. I shall tell Chandos
-to-morrow that I mean to give up the whole
-thing, for I can't do it.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-November 1st.&mdash;I am grinding still, for
-Chandos won't hear of my giving up. He
-says the things I learn&mdash;the grind&mdash;will be
-more useful than the prize by-and-by; and
-then he reminded me of my mother, and how
-very pleased she would be if I gained this
-prize. I know that, and I should like to please
-her for once, independent of the sea scheme.
-This is the prize to me, for I don't care much
-about the watch for itself; it will remind me
-too much of poor Tom and his watch. As
-to the grind, what do I care about Julius
-Cæsar and Hannibal and Rome and
-Carthage? If it was about Nelson and Howe,
-and Abercrombie and Cook, and a few more
-like them, I'd grind away, never fear. Why
-can't they let us know what the questions
-are going to be&mdash;a few of them at
-least? and then we might manage; but to be
-expected to know all about everything, and the
-fellows that lived hundreds of years ago, is
-rather too stiff, and if it wasn't for Chandos I
-should give it up, I know, much as I want to
-please my mother.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-November 7th.&mdash;I've had a letter from Tom.
-Fancy Tom writing a letter! He says everything
-is just as miserable at home as it was
-here, and he has to do no end of grind shut
-up in his father's room. He saw my mother
-last week, and his father told her she need not
-be afraid I should run away to sea now, for I
-had learned a few things at school I was not
-likely to forget in a hurry. Well, that's true
-enough; but I don't think Tom's father knows
-what it is I have learned that prevented me
-going with Tom, and I am not sure myself
-that I have learned all the secret that makes
-such a difference between Chandos and two
-or three others and the rest of us at school,
-that makes everybody take their word for
-anything, and be sure they would not do a mean,
-sneakish trick. I feel as though I was
-stopping just outside this secret, for God is not
-my friend&mdash;at least I cannot feel that He is,
-as Chandos does. Sometimes I wish I could,
-for I know this is more to him a great deal
-than being Sir Eustace Chandos; but
-somehow I don't seem able to get hold of it,
-although I do believe it's true&mdash;all that
-Chandos says about God being his friend.
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p><a id="chap09"></a></p>
-
-<h3>
-CHAPTER IX.
-<br />
-CONCLUSION.
-</h3>
-
-<p>
-November 14th.&mdash;I'm in for it again. It
-isn't much this time&mdash;only a trick we
-played off on Mother Brown. The
-mean old hunks! to say she never gave
-credit, when she's cleaned us all out with her
-nasty bulls'-eyes. I'll never eat another, that
-I won't. The governor has heard of this
-lark, and my share in it, I suppose, for I'm
-ordered to go to his study at nine o'clock
-to-morrow morning. Well, I don't care what
-the punishment is, so long as Mother Brown
-don't hear of it; but she would glory in that,
-I know, for I've led her a nice life lately.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-November 17th.&mdash;I wish I could hang
-Mother Brown, and choke her with her own
-precious bulls'-eyes. A nice imposition I've
-had through her! This fresh hindrance
-would have taken away my last chance of
-the prize; but now&mdash;well, I did not go
-looking for the prize questions, but when they
-were there right before my eyes, and nobody
-else in the room, how could I help seeing
-them? I don't see that it's much of a cheat
-either, for of course I shall answer them all
-by myself, and if it helps me to know where
-to read up&mdash;well, I've had a good many
-hindrances, so that it's about fair after all.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-November 20th.&mdash;I'm getting along
-famously with my grind, I think, although
-I almost wish I could forget those questions
-sometimes. But I can't, and without
-meaning it I turn over the leaves of the book
-that will answer some of them. Yesterday
-Chandos came and looked over my shoulder,
-and when he saw where I was reading he
-said, "Halloa, Stewart, I thought you said
-you shouldn't look at that?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Did I?" I stammered, and I shut the book.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Don't shut it up; I don't want to hinder
-you. I'm glad you're going in for it so
-thoroughly," he said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, don't bother!" I said, crossly; for
-somehow I can't think of these questions and
-Chandos at the same time, and I shall tell
-him not to interfere if he comes poking round
-again.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-November 21st.&mdash;We have just heard that
-our examination is to take place the second
-of next month&mdash;about ten days hence. I
-wish it was over, or that I had never made
-up my mind to go in for it. I hate the very
-name of prizes, and if I get it I'll shy the
-watch down the first well I see. What a fuss
-Chandos is making too! He says I am so
-cross and touchy he cannot understand me.
-I suppose not, for I cannot understand
-myself just now. I know one thing, though; I
-hate Mother Brown and her bulls'-eyes, for if
-it hadn't been for her I couldn't have seen
-these questions, but now I have seen them I
-can't forget them. I've tried&mdash;I've turned to
-another part of the book, and tried to read
-and learn all about that, but although I began
-to feel some interest in that before, I couldn't
-now, and I was soon turning the leaves again.
-I wish I had given it up when Tom went
-away. I'd do it now if it wasn't for Chandos,
-but I should not like him to know anything
-about this, and so I suppose I must go on.
-I can do one thing, though; I can answer the
-questions so badly that I shall lose the prize,
-and that is how I must manage, though it's
-rather hard after doing such lots of grind
-for it.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-November 25th.&mdash;I've just had a letter
-from mamma. I wish it had not come yet,
-for it makes me wish to get this prize more
-than ever. I feel as though I must get it,
-must have it now, and yet I have not touched
-a book the last two days. Chandos is puzzled
-and concerned, I can see, and I hardly know
-how to avoid him, and yet I try to do so all I
-can. Oh, why did the governor leave those
-questions about? It was dreadfully careless
-of him. If he had only locked them up in
-his desk when he went to breakfast, as he
-ought to have done, I couldn't have seen
-them, and I shouldn't be in this trouble now.
-I wonder whether Tom's prize essay worried
-him as much! If I could only get out of it
-without letting anybody know of that sneaking
-trick of peeping I'd do it; but how could
-I tell them I was every bit as mean as Tom,
-when I raved so about him last year?
-Everybody would remember that, and throw it up
-in my teeth, and they would say I had learned
-it of Chandos too, and I couldn't bear that.
-It's precious hard, but I shall have to go on.
-I must and I will get this prize, if I can,
-though I shall hate the sight of it, and hate
-myself too.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-December 3rd.&mdash;It's over. I could answer
-every question, of course; but&mdash;but, oh! how
-I wish I had been ill, or something had
-happened to prevent my going in for it at the
-last minute. I don't want this prize now, and
-if I don't get it I shall be almost as thankful
-as I was when Frank Chandos began to get
-well. I wish I could feel that God was my
-friend, and would help me out of this scrape,
-but I can't ask Him. I've felt afraid
-somehow to kneel down since I turned sneak
-yes, I am a sneak, a mean, miserable sneak,
-and I hate myself more than I hated Tom,
-and I said hard things enough about him; but
-I never thought then I should ever come to
-do the same myself.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-December 4th.&mdash;I had dropped my pen
-and was actually crying yesterday, when
-Chandos came in and caught me.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"What is the matter, Stewart? Are you
-ill, old fellow?" he asked, and he put his arm
-round me, so that there was no getting away
-from him.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Don't, Chandos," I said, "I can't bear it!
-I'm a miserable, mean sneak, and if you were
-to kick me out of the room I should feel
-better, for that's what I deserve. Mind, I
-never meant to be a sneak, and I didn't think
-I ever should do such a mean trick, but now
-you do know it you'd better turn me up as I
-did Tom."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, I don't know what you've done yet,
-we'll talk about that afterwards; but just tell
-me this, would you do the same thing again
-if you had the chance?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Do it again? I tell you I hate myself for
-it; but the worst of it is, it won't undo it now
-it's done. I never thought I could be so
-mean, Chandos."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I suppose not; but bad as it is, you need
-not give up all hope. God knew how mean
-you could be, and yet He will be your friend
-if you would let Him. Is it about the prize,
-Stewart?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh yes; I do hope I shan't get it," I
-groaned.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, you shall tell me all about it
-by-and-by if you like, but now just let me say
-a word. You never felt before that you were
-a sinner&mdash;that you could do anything bad?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I've been trying to keep straight and do
-everything on the square, but I may as well
-give up now, for I see I can't do it."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"No, no, you won't give up, Charley. I'm
-going to call you Charley now, because I hope
-we shall be better friends than ever after this.
-I was just as miserable once as you are now.
-I had told a lie, and I felt I could never be
-forgiven; but my mother talked to me, and
-I'll tell you as well as I can remember what
-she said:
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"'You've been very proud, my boy, and
-thought you could get on very well without any
-help but your own determination to do right.'"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, what more do we want?" I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Has it been enough, Stewart? Hasn't
-this been a miserable failure? and are you not
-complaining now that you are more wicked
-than you thought possible?"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, yes, that's true enough," I confessed.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Now let me tell you, Stewart, what
-mother told me. God knew you would fail.
-He knew when He put Adam into the
-garden of Eden that he wouldn't keep
-straight long; but He gave him a fair chance,
-and He loved him so much that He provided
-a remedy at once for the sins he and all men
-would commit. The Lord Jesus Christ agreed
-then to bear the sins of the whole
-world&mdash;yours and mine among them, Stewart&mdash;and
-this is what is meant by forgiveness of sins.
-You never felt you needed forgiveness before
-for you never felt the burden of sin."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But look here, Chandos, I don't see how
-God is going to forgive me, because, you see,
-I knew better."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Of course you did. But have you never
-read in your Bible, 'The blood of Jesus Christ
-cleanseth us from all sin.' 'If we say that we
-have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth
-is not in us'? but God is showing you the truth
-now&mdash;that you need pardon and forgiveness,
-and He is willing to give you these; pardon for
-the sins already committed, to wash them all
-away in the blood of His dear Son, who
-gave His life for you; and not only pardon,
-but grace and strength for the future to
-enable you to resist the temptation to do
-wrong at any future time."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Look here, if God would help me like
-that, I shall feel so glad," I said; "it's no
-good for me to say I'll always keep on the
-square any more after this mean trick, for
-I may do another, as Tom did. He didn't
-stop at the first, and I'm afraid I shan't if
-God don't help me. Oh, Chandos, I do
-want Him to help me out of this scrape,
-and keep me from doing anything like this
-again."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Well, Charley, suppose we kneel down
-now and ask God for this, and then you shall
-tell me all about it if you like."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I think I had better tell you first," I said,
-"and then you can tell God for me. I'll try
-and do it myself by-and-by, but I can't just
-at once. I'm not good enough to kneel
-down at all."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Then I told Chandos about the questions,
-and we kneeled down together, and he asked
-God to forgive me and help me to do what
-was right.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"If God will only let me lose this prize
-now I shan't care," I said, when we got up.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But&mdash;but I don't think we ought to wait
-for that," said Chandos.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"What can I do?" I said.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Suppose you get it&mdash;and you may, you
-know," said Chandos; "you would be obliged
-to do something then."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Oh, I can't bear to think of that. Won't
-God help me by giving it to another fellow?
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"God will never help us to be cowards; He
-will help you to do the brave and right thing,
-which is to go to Dr. Mellor at once, tell him
-all about it, and ask him to destroy your
-papers."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Tell the governor I'm a mean sneak! I
-couldn't do it, Chandos."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Then God cannot help you in any other
-way, nor I either. I tell you He helps people
-to be brave and do the right; but don't expect
-He is going to screen you from the
-consequences of sin, because He cannot and will
-not; and to expect it would be like sawing
-your finger with a sharp knife and not expecting
-to cut it. I will not attempt to persuade
-you, Charley; but if you are sincere in asking
-God's pardon now, and His help for the
-future, you will not hesitate about this long."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"But it is so hard to do this, Chandos."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Yes, and God knows exactly how hard it
-is better than I do; but as soon as He sees you
-are willing to bear this, and do the right,
-He will give you the strength and courage
-necessary."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-When I lifted my head from my arms I
-found that Chandos was gone. I sat for
-nearly an hour thinking over what he had
-been saying&mdash;dear old Chandos! who is so
-good himself, and yet not half so proud as I
-was about poor Tom. I wonder whether
-God will help me as he says. I don't deserve
-it one bit, any more than I deserve that the
-Lord Jesus should forgive me.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-December 5th.&mdash;I am sure God has begun
-to help me. I went and made a clean breast
-of it to the governor this morning, and he has
-promised to burn my papers, and keep the
-whole thing a secret from the rest. It was
-pretty hard to begin telling him, but when
-once I had begun I did not feel a bit afraid,
-and I must say he behaved splendidly. He
-didn't blow me up or order me an imposition
-for prying round his table, but he said, quite
-kindly,
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"I am very sorry for you, Stewart. I wish
-you had come to me before, or told me you
-had seen these questions, and I might have
-saved you a great deal of unhappiness&mdash;for I
-am sure you have been unhappy&mdash;and not
-deprived you of all chance of getting the
-prize. Try and remember this for the future&mdash;I
-am your friend as well as your schoolmaster,
-and if there is any difficulty in which
-I can help you I hope you will trust me as a
-friend. I am glad to see you and Chandos
-get on so well together;" and then he actually
-shook hands with me as I was going out of
-the door.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I told Chandos all about it afterwards and
-he said, "You know now how God helps
-those who trust in Him; I hope you will never
-forget it again."
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I don't think I ever shall. I don't feel
-afraid to kneel down and ask His help now,
-and I know I need it, for who can tell what I
-might do next after this mean trick?
-</p>
-
-<p>
-December 7th.&mdash;I have written and told
-mamma how I have lost the prize. I thought
-I had better do this, for she had made so sure
-I should get it if I really tried that I did not
-like to go home without telling her first. Poor
-mamma! I am sorry, for she is dreadfully
-disappointed, I know, and I am afraid she
-will not let me go to sea either. I wonder
-whether I shall be able to give up this wish
-entirely, as Chandos did his? I am afraid
-not, for often in my dreams I seem to be on
-the sea, and how can I ever forget it? But I
-must try to settle down, I suppose. God will
-help me in this, I know, as He did to go to
-the governor, only it makes me feel dreadfully
-old to think of it.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-December 9th.&mdash;Everybody is busy packing
-and getting ready to go home, but my packing
-must wait until I write up my log once more.
-I mean to tie it up and put it away until I go
-to sea, for I am really going after all. The
-news came yesterday; my mother wrote to
-say that, as I had had the moral courage to
-confess having done wrong, half her fear about
-my going to sea was taken away, for she felt
-sure I was less likely to do wrong now I had
-felt so much unhappiness about it than I was
-before. Dear mamma! she is mistaken here,
-but I wonder whether I shall ever be able to
-tell her that God alone can keep me from the
-evil she fears?
-</p>
-
-<p>
-I could not think much about this yesterday.
-It was enough for me that I was going
-to sea, and when I had read that much of the
-letter, so as to understand it, I tore round the
-playground, holding up the letter and shouting,
-"Hurrah! I'm going to sea&mdash;I'm going
-to sea!" Some of the fellows pretended to
-think I was mad when I rushed at Chandos
-and hugged him, and shouted, "It's all your
-doing, old fellow. I'm going to sea! I'm
-going to sea!"
-</p>
-
-<p>
-"Let him alone; let him blow off steam,"
-laughed Chandos when some of the fellows
-tried to stop me, and I went round the
-playground again like a steam-engine.
-Everybody in the house knew it five minutes after
-the letter came. Luckily lessons were over
-for the day, or there would have been an
-imposition for me, but as it was nobody
-interfered.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-To-day I can think more about it, and
-finish my log, for I shan't come here after
-Christmas, and if I write another I shall get
-a new book. But I mean to keep this, for I
-shall like to read it by-and-by; and if ever I
-am likely to forget how God has been my
-friend, and how I learned to know it, or if ever
-I get into a scrape and am unhappy again, I
-shall read what Chandos said to me a day or
-two ago, that I may never forget: "The blood
-of Jesus Christ cleanseth us from all sin." We
-only meant to laugh over it, Tom and I,
-but now I think I shall remember some wise
-and good words when I read up "Charley's
-Log."
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p class="capcenter">
-<a id="img-128"></a>
-<img class="imgcenter" src="images/img-128.jpg" alt="sailing ship" />
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /></p>
-
-<p class="t4">
-LONDON: R. K. BURT AND CO., WINE OFFICE COURT.
-</p>
-
-<p><br /><br /><br /></p>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Charley's Log, by Emma Leslie
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHARLEY'S LOG ***
-
-***** This file should be named 61457-h.htm or 61457-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/1/4/5/61457/
-
-Produced by Al Haines
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-</body>
-
-</html>
-
diff --git a/old/61457-h/images/img-007.jpg b/old/61457-h/images/img-007.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c8e368..0000000
--- a/old/61457-h/images/img-007.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61457-h/images/img-078.jpg b/old/61457-h/images/img-078.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c6811e6..0000000
--- a/old/61457-h/images/img-078.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61457-h/images/img-109.jpg b/old/61457-h/images/img-109.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f8f7ac9..0000000
--- a/old/61457-h/images/img-109.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61457-h/images/img-128.jpg b/old/61457-h/images/img-128.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a686875..0000000
--- a/old/61457-h/images/img-128.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61457-h/images/img-contents.jpg b/old/61457-h/images/img-contents.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a2d1e3..0000000
--- a/old/61457-h/images/img-contents.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61457-h/images/img-cover.jpg b/old/61457-h/images/img-cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f8b359..0000000
--- a/old/61457-h/images/img-cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61457-h/images/img-front.jpg b/old/61457-h/images/img-front.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 45d35b2..0000000
--- a/old/61457-h/images/img-front.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61457-h/images/img-title.jpg b/old/61457-h/images/img-title.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index bd2a439..0000000
--- a/old/61457-h/images/img-title.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ